Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2010/2

Contents

Contents
Ignition Coils

Engine Control Units
Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Units Sport Line............... 8
ECU MS 3 Sport...................................... 10
ECU MS 4 Sport...................................... 12
ECU MS 4 Sport Package/Sport Turbo Package ....................... 14
ECU MS 4.4 Sport................................... 15
Engine Control Units Performance Line . 17
ECU MS 5.0............................................. 19
ECU MS 5.1............................................. 21
ECU MS 5.5............................................. 23
ECU MS 5.2............................................. 25

Diesel Engine Control Units

Spark Plugs

ECU MS 15 Sport.................................... 27
ECU MS 15.1........................................... 29
ECU MS 15.2........................................... 31
ECU MS 12.............................................. 33

Injection & Ignition
Diesel System Components
Diesel System Components.................... 36

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6 ................................ 39
Injection Valve EV 12 .............................. 42
Injection Valve EV 14 .............................. 44
Injection Valve EV 14i ............................. 48

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5...................... 50

Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1 .................................................... 52
HPI 1.16 HV / HVD .................................. 54
Ignition Module IM 3.1 / 3.2 ................... 55
Ignition Module IM 4............................... 58

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100 .................................. 61
Fuel Pump FP 165 .................................. 63
Fuel Pump FP 200 .................................. 65
Fuel Pump FP 300/FP 300L.................... 68
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 .............................. 71
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD ........................ 72

Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M ..... 73
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .............. 75
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38............. 76
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5............... 78
HP Control Valve DSV ............................. 80

31 Mar. 10

Double Fire Coil 3x2 ............................... 81
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ............................... 84
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1........................ 87
Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T ................... 90
Single Fire Coil P35-E / P35-TE .............. 93
Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M .................. 96
Single Fire Coil P100-T ........................... 99
Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T ..................... 102
Single Fire Coil M ................................. 106
Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T ................. 109
Single Fire Coil S19 .............................. 112
Single Fire Coil S16 .............................. 115
Single Fire Coil S16-T ........................... 118
Spark Plugs........................................... 121

Starters & Alternators
Starters
Starter 1.4 kW ...................................... 124
Starter 1.7 kW ...................................... 125
Starter 2.0 kW ...................................... 126

Alternators
Alternator GCM1 .................................. 127

Sensors
Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .......... 132

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors
Acceleration Sensor
AM 600-2, AM 600-3 ...................... 134
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ........................ 136
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1...................... 138
Ride Height Sensor RHS ....................... 141

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 ...................... 143
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M ..................... 145

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-P ............................... 147
Knock Sensor KS-R ............................... 149

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSM 11 ....................... 151
Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM ................. 153
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ....................... 155
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ....................... 157
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D..................... 159
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ............... 161

motorsport@bosch.com

3Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ................. 163
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ................. 165
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ......... 167
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ................. 169
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ......... 171
Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ................. 173
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ............... 175
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ............... 177
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ............. 179
Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ............... 181

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ................... 183
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ................... 186
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ................... 189
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ................... 191
Pressure Sensor Air PSP ...................... 193
Pressure Sensor Air PST....................... 195

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A........ 198
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C ....... 200
Pitot Static Tube PT ............................. 202

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10.............. 204
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R............ 206
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R.......... 208
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R.......... 210
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10.............. 212
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R ........... 214
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R ......... 216
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .................. 218
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ............... 220
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F ................ 222

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer
RP 50-/130-/350-M ........................ 225
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55................. 227
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86................. 229
Rotary PotentiometerRP 100/130/308 ............................ 231
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin....... 233
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ... 236
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M........... 238
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H ........... 240

Speed Sensors
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ................... 243
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C ................ 246
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ................... 249
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M ............... 252
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C ................ 255
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T ................ 258
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ............ 261
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ............. 263
4Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ..... 265
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
Mini-HA-P sealed............................ 268
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90........ 271

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS.......... 273
Temperature Sensor NTC M6 ............... 275
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H............ 277
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS.......... 279
Temperature Sensor NTC M8 ............... 281
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS.......... 283
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ............. 285
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H.......... 287
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .......... 289

Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensor Infrared
TI-16-r / TI-16-s .............................. 291
Temperature Sensor Infrared
TI-100-s / TI-100-c.......................... 293

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K ................. 295
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF ............... 297
Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA ............... 299

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35................... 301
Wire Potentiometer WP 50................... 303
Wire Potentiometer WP 75................... 305
Wire Potentiometer WP 100................. 307
Wire Potentiometer WP 120................. 309
Wire Potentiometer WP 125................. 311

Electronic Throttle Control
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG ................ 315

Chassis & Brake Control
ABS M4 Kit............................................ 319

Displays
Display DDU Sport................................ 323
Display DDU 4....................................... 325
Display DDU 6....................................... 326
Display DDU 8....................................... 327

Data Logging Systems
Data Loggers
Data Logger C Sport............................. 331
CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus.............. 333
Data Logging Accessories..................... 334
Data Logging System DLS .................... 335
CardMemory C 55................................. 336
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55......... 337
Data Logger C 60.................................. 338

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview...... 340

motorsport@bosch.com

Telemetry Unit FM 40 ........................... 341
Pit Receiver Box ................................... 342
Telemetry Accessories.......................... 347
Burst Telemetry System Overview........ 349
Burst Telemetry System ....................... 350

Lap Trigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02 .................................. 352
Lap Trigger HF 24 ................................. 353

Software
Calibration
RaceCon ............................................... 356
Modas ................................................... 357
Modas Sport ......................................... 358

RS 2000 ................................................ 365

Expansion Modules
Lambdatronic LT4 ................................ 366
AWS LSU 4.9......................................... 368
CAN Module EM-A6............................... 370
CAN Module EM-C ................................ 372
CAN Module EM-H4 .............................. 373
CAN Module EM-I4................................ 374
Extended Module EM-LIN ..................... 375

Relay
Relay 25 A............................................. 378

Switches
Switches ............................................... 380

Simulation
LapSim.................................................. 359

Wiring Harnesses
Wiring Harnesses.................................. 381

Analysis
WinDarab .............................................. 361

Accessories
Communication Interface
MSA-Box II ............................................ 364

31 Mar. 10

Handheld Test Devices

Appendix
General Information ............................. 384
Vibration Profile 1................................. 384
Vibration Profile 2................................. 385
Vibration Profile 3................................. 385

motorsport@bosch.com

5

6

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Units

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

7

Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Units Sport LineThe Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive start in the world of engine control
units from Bosch Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line ECUs from Bosch
Motorsport, the Sport Line devices have an optimized function range that make the initialstart-up process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms that vary in their amount of
inputs/outputs and functionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for a given
project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in the Sport Line can be tailored to support
certain project needs through various software options. To complete the entire entry levelsystem, Bosch Motorsport offers a display unit with integrated logging capability, DDU
Sport, and an external data logger, C Sport.

Overview ECUs Sport Line8

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control Units

Example for a typical Sport Line system
Depicted below is an example system layout for the ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU iscalibrated with the Modas Sport software. The communication interface, the MSA-Box II,
connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a CAN/K-Line link. The display, the DDU
Sport, is configured over Ethernet with the software RaceLab Sport. The ECU sends thedesired measured variables to the display/logger via CAN interface. These variables can bedisplayed for the driver or logged for analysis. Downloading and analysing the data is also
accomplished over Ethernet with the RaceLab Sport software. Alternatively up to threeloggers can be connected in line to the display or the ECU; so the data capacity can beincreased to 2 GB.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

9ECU MS 3 SportThe MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine
management system to be manufactured
with full hybrid technology. Therefore it isvery small, lightly and robust against
vibrations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable forengines with up to 6 cylinders and hasinternal

ignition

outputstages.

Two

sensor inputs are available for vibrationknock

detection

Variousengineandknockparameters

control.
canbemeasured with different input channels
and transferred via CAN interface to an
optional data logger or dash display.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 6 cylinders, 2 bank

Extremely small and flat aluminium pressure casting
housing

Control strategy

alpha/nLambda control

dual

Four mounting points on housing

Speed limiter

2 connectors with high pin density

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control

-Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid
technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

WeightTemperature range

250 g-40 … 125 °C

Knock control

optional

Connectors

Electronic throttle control

optional

Mating connector I

D 261 205 139

Traction control

optional

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140






Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 3(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

10

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

Engine Control Units

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
10 W at 14 V

MSA-Box II

InputsData logger C Sport

2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU

Data logger C 40

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Data logger C 40 Plus

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Display DDU 4

17 analog inputs 0 … 5 V

Display DDU 6

2 knock sensor inputs

Optional Functionality

6 digital inputs

Knock Control SW upgrade

Outputs

Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade
F 01T A20 051-01

6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages

Traction Control SW upgrade

16 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater

Part Number

1 H-bridge (5 A)

MS 3 Sport

2 sensor supply

F 01T A20 053-01

F 01T A20 052-01

F 01T A20 067-01

5 V/100 mA

Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface for external communication

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

11ECU MS 4 SportThe MS 4 Sport is an engine management
system for high performance engines up
to 8 cylinders. The system contains 8
ignition drivers for external power stages
and 8 independent injection power stages.
Two independent wide range lambda
circuits allow lambda closed loop engine
control. There is also a version for Turboengines, Turbo GDI engines as well as formotorcycle

enginesavailable.

Variousengine parameters can be measured withdifferent input channels and transferred
via CAN interface to an optional datalogger.
Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

Sheet-metal housing

Max. power consumption

Each connector pin individually filtered

InputsVibration damped circuit boards

2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

WeightTemperature range

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor-40 … 75 °C

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
18 analog inputs 0 … 5 V

Mating connector I

D 261 205 344

Mating connector II

D 261 205 345

2 knock sensor inputs
7 digital inputs
Outputs
8 injection power stages

Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

430 gConnectors

Modas Sport Calibration Software

30 W at 14 V

inclusiveon request

8 ignition drivers
20 power stages (2.7 A/0.6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater

Optional Accessories

1 H-bridge (5 A)

MSA-Box II

2 sensor supply

Data logger C Sport

Communication interfaces

Data logger C 40/C 40 Plus

1 K-line serial interface

Display DDU Sport (incl. Logger)

2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6
Injection power stage HPI 5
HP fuel pump HDP 5

12motorsport@bosch.com

5 V/100 mA

Engine Control Units

Optional Functionality

Part Number

Advanced Turbo Boost Control

F 02U V00 781-01

MS 4 SportF 01T A20 049-01

Knock Control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

MS 4 Sport Turbo

F 01T A20 060-01

Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade
F 01T A20 051-01

MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI
F 01T A20 060-02
only in combination with Bosch Motorsport HPI 5

Traction Control SW upgrade

MS 4 Sport Motorcycle

F 01T A20 052-01

F 02U V00 024-01

Variable Valve Timing VVT SW upgrade
F 02U V00 395-01
Shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade F 02U V00 780-01
also compatible to MEGA-Line gear box control

MS 4 Sport Feature List
MS 4 SportEngine layout

MS 4 Sport Turbo MS 4 Sport Turbo
GDI

MS 4 Sport
Motorcycle

up to 8 cylinders, up to 8 cylinders, up to 6 cylinders, up to 4 cylinders,
2 bank2 bank2 bank2 bankSupport of Gasoline Direct
Injection

-

-

+

-

Interface to Bosch Motorsport
ABS M4 kit

+

+

+

-

Turbo boost control

-

+

+

-

Advanced Turbo boost control-

optional

optional-

Knock control

optional

optional

optional-

Electronic throttle control

optional

optional

optional-

Traction control

optional

optional

optional-

Variable valve timing

optional

optional

optional-

Shift down (Blipper)

optional

optional

optional-

Control strategy

alpha/nalpha/nalpha/nalpha/nLambda control

dual

dual

dual

dual

Speed limiter

+

+

+

+

Gear cut for sequential gear box

+

+

+

+

Map switch (3 positions - eachcorresponds to different target
lambda and spark maps)

+

+

+

+

Fuel cut off

+

+

+

+

Asymmetric injection timing

+

+

+

+

Asymmetric ignition timing

+

+

+

+

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

13

ECU MS 4 Sport Package/Sport Turbo Package
The package consists of the following components:• MS 4 Sport or Sport Turbo Engine Control Unit
• Display DDU Sport with integrated data logger• Software tools for calibration and data analysis

The key component of this package is the ECU capable of running engines up to 8
cylinders. The ECU includes eight ignition drives for external power stages and eight
independent injection power stages. The ECU software set has been optimized to makecalibration more approachable for less experienced users.
Various engine parameters can be measured with different input channels and transferred
via the CAN interface to the DDU Sport Display. The integrated data memory stores up to
512 MB. One set of mating connectors for display and ECU is inclusive.
For communication between the PC and the ECU or the display, the MSA-Box II
communication interface is required. Please note: The MSA-Box II is not part of the
package.
SoftwareOptional Accessories

Modas Sport for ECU calibration

MSA-Box II

RaceLab Sport for Display configuration and data
analysisPart Number

14

F 02U V00 327-01

MS 4 Sport Package

F 01T A20 048-01

MS 4 Sport Turbo Package

F 01T A20 063-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 4.4 SportThe MS 4.4 Sport [1] is an engine
management system for engines with up
to 10 cylinders. The robust housing isprovided with motorsport connectors. The
system contains 10 ignition drivers forexternal

power

stagesand10

independent injection power stages. Fourvibration

sensorinputs

allow

knock

detection

and

knock

control.

Two

independent wide range lambda circuits
allow lambda closed loop engine control.
There is also a version for Turbo engines[2] available. The high number of analog
channels

allowsfortheloggingof

numerous engine and chassis parameters.
Additionally the MS 4.4 Sport has 20
configurable pull-ups.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 10 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

alpha/nLambda control

dual

Speed limiter

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Advanced turbo boost control

optional [2]Knock control

optional

Electronic throttle control

optional

Traction control

optional

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing

3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Size

174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm

Weight [2]Turbo boost control

Aluminium housing

860 g

Temperature range-40 … 75 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35-SB

F 02U 000 468-01

SoftwareVariable valve timing

optional

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Shift down (Blipper)

optional

WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon requestInterface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels(10-cylinders only 60-2!)

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

15

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
20 W at 14 V

MSA-Box II

InputsData logger C Sport

2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU

Data logger C 40/C 40 Plus

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. Logger)

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Display DDU 4

4 inputs for Hall-effect camshaft sensors

Display DDU 6

39 inputs 0 … 5 V (20 with configurable pullups)
4 knock sensor inputs

Optional Functionality
Knock Control SW upgrade

8 digital inputs

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade
F 01T A20 051-01

Outputs
10 injection power stages (2.2 A)
10 ignition drivers for external power stages

Traction Control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

21 power stages (2.7 A/0.6 A; low side)

Variable Valve Timing VVT SW upgrade
F 02U V00 395-01

2 power stages for lambda heater

Advanced Turbo Boost Control

1 H-bridge (7 A)
3 sensor supply

5 V/600 mA

Communication interfaces

Shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade F 02U V00 780-01
compatible to MEGA-Line gear box control

Part Number

1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

16

F 02U V00 781-01

MS 4.4 Sport [1]

F 01T A20 068-01

MS 4.4 Sport Turbo [2]F 01T A20 074-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Units Performance LineThe ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solutions for various automotive andmotorcycle applications. All MS 5 ECUs utilize a new software development process basedon MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm development. They also feature ahigh-end FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing and flexible
signal control. A PowerPC enables highly sophisticated control algorithms. Consistent
software structure guarantees easy recognition of all software labels and functions acrossthe complete ECU Performance Line. The Performance Line system is completed by use of
the DDU 8 display and the C 60 external data logger.
The ECUs in the Performance Line are defined by a torque structure based engine control
strategy: torque is used as the central variable for coordinating all requests (i.e.
engine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The actual engine torque value isdetermined from the correcting variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylinder
reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model. This is then compared to the desiredengine torque value to determine if any modification of the engine torque is needed. The
torque based control strategy results in a precise and adaptable control of the engine.

Overview ECUs Performance Line

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

17

Example for a typical Performance Line system
Depicted below there is an example system layout for the ECUs of the Performance Line.
The ECU is calibrated with the software Modas Sport. The communication interface, theMSA-Box II, connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a CAN/Ethernet link. The DDU
8 display is configured over CAN with the software RaceCon. The C 60 data logger is also
configured with RaceCon. The logger and the ECU communicate over Ethernet.
Downloading and analysing the data is accomplished with the data analysis software
WinDarab. The data can be also transmitted over burst or online telemetry.

18

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 5.0
The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink. It significantly speeds
algorithm development by using automatic
code

and

documentation

generation.

Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware
design allows the MS 5.0 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bank

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

Control strategy

torque-structure based

2 high pin density motorsport connectors

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 steps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Injection timing
Ignition timing












Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Size

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

19Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
9 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Full operation

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Part Number

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MS 5.0

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
32 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V; 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
2 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)
12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 timebase synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

20

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 326-03

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 5.1
The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink,which

significantly

speeds algorithm development by using
automatic

code

and

generation.

Customdocumentation

functionscanbequickly and easily generated. The flexible
hardware design allows the MS 5.1 tosupport complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 steps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection











Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

31 Mar. 10

Aluminium housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuitboardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

21

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
9 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experience with ECU calibration,
we recommend calibration support from theexperienced team at Bosch Motorsport.

Operating range

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Part Number

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MS 5.1

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V; 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 knock sensor inputs
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 timebase reference synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

22

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 071-01

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 5.5
The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink. It significantly speeds
algorithm development by using automatic
code

and

documentation

generation.

Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware
design allows the MS 5.5 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger,
presenting a cost efficient and weight
optimized all-in-one solution.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 steps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection/ignition timing










optional

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger

2 GB

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
31 Mar. 10

Aluminium housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuitboardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,270 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

23

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
13 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Full operation

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Part Number

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MS 5.5

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V; 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 timebase synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

24

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 285-01

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 5.2
The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based onMatlab®

&Simulink®.

Itsignificantly

speeds algorithm development by using
automatic

code

and

generation.

Customdocumentation

functionscanbequickly and easily generated. The flexible
hardware design allows the MS 5.2 tosupport complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 12 cylinders, 2 bank

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

Control strategy

torque-structure based

4 high pin density motorsport connectors

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection

220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting
Size

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)









Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

1,260 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Software

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

WinDarab Analysis Software

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

25

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Operating range

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Part Number

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MS 5.2

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
2 gearbox speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V, 12 Bit
14 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
12 injection power stages (peak & hold)12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 timebase reference synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

26

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 069-01

Engine Control Units

Diesel Engine Control UnitsECU MS 15 SportThe MS 15 Sport is an ECU for Diesel
engines with up to 6 cylinders. It isdeveloped for use in combination with
Bosch solenoid injectors. The MS 15 Sport
software is provided with an optimized
function range. The MS 15 Sport is able tooperate in a 12 V or 24 V system.
Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 6 cyl.

Injector types

solenoid valve injectors

Power consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W

Power consumption @ full load

approx. 120 W

Control strategy

quantity based

InputsInjection timing

1 main injection

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

single Turbo

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Turbo boost control
Lambda measurement-

2 inputs for redundant pedal position sensor

Traction control-

Speed limiter

6 analog inputs 0 … 5 V:
fuel: low system and rail pressure
boost pressure
oil pressure
exhaust gas: pressure and temperature

Mechanical Data
Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

5 NTC temperature inputs:
intake and boost air temperature
fuel, coolant and oil temperature

2 connectors with 60 and 94 pins
6 housing fixation points
Maximum dimensions
without connectors
with connectors
WeightECU internal temperature range

1 input for Hall vehicle speed sensor
203 x 140 x 38 mm
203 x 167 x 38 mm

3 digital inputs:
lap beacon, pit speed limiter and fuel reset

approx. 725 g

1 internal ambient pressure sensor-20 … 75 °C

1 internal ECU temperature sensor
Outputs

Connectors
Connector K (vehicle: 94 pin)

D 261 205 353-01

Connector A (engine: 60 pin)

D 261 205 354-01

Included Features
Complete SW documentation
Calibration guideIncl. workbase and configuration of Modas Sport

6 injection power stages for solenoid injectors
9 power stages
main, fuel pump, glow plug and 2 fan relays
fuel metering unit of high pressure pumpturbo actuator (PWM 5.0 Amps)
engine speed signal for tachometer
diagnostic lamp
Communication interfaces

Preconfigured CAN-messages for DDU Sport

2 CAN interfaces

Incl. configuration and evaluation tool Race Lab
Sport with preconfigured settings

display / logger
calibration software

1 K-Line

software download

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

27

Optional Functionality
Pilot injection SW upgradePart Number
F 02U V00 776-01

MS 15 Sport

Pressure control valve PCV SW upgrade
F 02U V00 777-01

28

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 350-01

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 15.1
The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engineswith up to 8 cylinders. It is developed foruse with Bosch solenoid injectors.

Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cyl.

Injector typesolenoid valve injectors

Power consumption w/o inj.
Power consumption

approx. 5 W at 14 V
approx. 140 W at 14 V

Control strategy

quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injection
1 post injection

2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp.
sensors

Turbo boost control

single or Bi-Turbo

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Lambda measurement
Traction control

optional



Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter
Optional function packages available

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
3 system inputs 0 … 5 V

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs

Mechanical Data

Outputs

Aluminium housing

8 injection power stages

4 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density, 187 pins

12 power stages (low side)

Vibration damped circuit boards

2 H-bridge

8 housing fixation points
Size
WeightTemperature range

2 power stages for lambda heater

210 x 36 x 199 mm
1,780 g-40 … 75 °C

2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 firewire interfaces for external communication

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

29Connectors

Optional Accessories

Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

MSA-Box II

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Data logger C55
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)
Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Application Hints
Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Part Number
MS 15.1 solenoid injector

30

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 022-01

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 15.2
The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engineswith up to 6 cylinders. It is developed foruse with Bosch piezo injectors.

Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 6 cyl.

Injector typepiezo injectors

Power consumption

Control strategy

quantity based

InputsInjection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp.
sensors

Turbo boost control

single or Bi-Turbo

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Lambda measurement
Traction control

optional



Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter
Optional function packages available

Power consumption w/o inj.

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

2 lambda interfaces LSU

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, fixed pullup
27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup
3 digital inputs

Mechanical Data

Outputs

Aluminium housing

6 injection power stages

4 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density, 187 pins

12 power stages (low side)

Vibration damped circuit boards

Temperature range

2 power stages for lambda heater
2 H-bridges

8 housing fixation points
Weightapprox. 140 W at 14 V

3 system inputs 0 … 5 V

Interface to Bosch Data Logging SystemSizeapprox. 5 W at 14 V

210 x 36 x 199 mm
1,780 g-40 … 75 °C

2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 firewire interfaces for external communication

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

31

Piezo Specific Functions

Connectors

Voltage Control

Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage
difference between cut off voltage and stationary
actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging
current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector
individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic
behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand atreference rail pressure during injector inspection inplant before IQA-measurement.

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Accessories
MSA-Box II
Data logger C 55
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves
within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)

Temperature Compensation

Display DDU 6

Determination of the temperature dependentchanges of voltage demand.

Optional Functionality

Definition of a temperature dependent correction
factor.

inclusive

Display DDU 4

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Application Hints
Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Part Number
MS 15.2 Piezo injector

32

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 023-01

Engine Control UnitsECU MS 12
The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel
engines. This ECU offers 12 Piezo injection
power stages for use in up to a 12 cylinder
engine.

Variousengineandchassisparameters can be measured with a highnumber of input channels. All measured
data can be transferred via FireWireinterface to an optional flash card datalogger. Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor
Interfaces) can be connected to increase
the number of inputs. Gear box control
strategies are optional.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 12 cyl.

Injector typepiezo injectors

Control strategy

quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

Turbo boost control (including variable VTG)
single or Bi-Turbo
Lambda measurement
Traction control
Launch control
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Gearbox control
Speed limiter








Aluminium housing
5 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density, 242 pins
Each connector individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size
WeightOperating temperature range

240 x 200 x 57 mm
2,500 g-20 … 85 °C

Optional function packages available
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

33

Electrical Data

Piezo Specific Functions

Power consumption without injection
approx. 5 W at 14 V

Voltage Control

Power consumption @ 6500 rpm
max. 160 W at 14 V

Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage
difference between cut off voltage and stationary
actuator voltage.

InputsClosed-loop voltage control, injector individual.

6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas
temperature)

Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.

2 lambda interfaces LSU

Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging
current.

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Discharging Time Control

2 gear box speed

Closed-loop discharging time control, injector
individual.

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic
behavior.

2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor

IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Determination of injector voltage demand atreference rail pressure during injector inspection inplant before IQA-measurement.

3 system inputs 0 … 5 V
16 PT1000
32 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup
3 digital inputs

Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves
within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation

2 LVDT sensor interface

Determination of the temperature dependentchanges of voltage demand.

1 SSI interface
Outputs
12 injection power stages

Definition of a temperature dependent correction
factor.

24 power stages (low side)

Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

2 power stages for lambda heater

Software

6 H-bridges

WinDarab Analysis Software

2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use

on request

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA

Accessories

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA

Data logger C 55

Communication interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

2 K-Line serial interfaces

Display DDU 4

5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use,switchable CAN load resistor)

Display DDU 6

2 firewire interfaces for external communication

Application Hints

Connectors

Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

34

Part Number
MS 12 Piezo injector

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Injection & Ignition

Injection & Ignition

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

35

Diesel System Components
Diesel System Components

Injector CRI 2

HP fuel pump CP3

Injector CRI 3

Pressure sensor RDS

Rail

Rail

HP fuel pump CP4

Pressure control valve DRV

Component

Specification

Injector CRI 2

Solenoid, 6 - 8 holes, up to 1,500 ccm/min at 100 bar, up to 1,800 bar

Injector CRI 3

Piezo, 6 - 14 holes, up to 1,400 ccm/min at 100 bar, up to 2,200 bar

High pressure fuel pump CP3 /CP4Pump with control valve and optional gear pump, up to 1,400 ccm/rev

Pressure control valve DRV

Pressure range up to 2,400 bar

Pressure limiting valve DBV

Pressure range up to 2,200 bar

Pressure sensor RDS

Pressure range up to 2,400 bar

Rails

Common rail for up to 6 cylinders per bank

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon
the application than for gasoline engines. A single injector design will not fit all Diesel
engines due to varying mechanical and nozzle geometry requirements. In addition, theinjection system can vary from year to year even within the same make of car.

36

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Bosch Motorsport uses the same technology for racing that was developed by Bosch for
production vehicle applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic) technology usedin earlier systems, and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to yourspecifications. These modifications include:Definition of suitable base components from other (or larger) engine applications.



Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected
application.



Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.



Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of holes, spray cone angle etc.).

Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is
why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is an example of thedifferent levels for a 4-cylinder engine with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump, and a single
fuel rail:
1st Level

2nd Level

Description

series components withsome minor modifications(e.g. series components
from a bigger engine (e.g.
pump) plus series injector
with sample nozzle)

series components withcomponents manufactured
modification (e.g. modified completely to yourinjector body with sample specification (e.g. heavily
nozzle)modified series
components or new
products)

3rd Level

Functioning

Solenoid

Piezo

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €4 x 2,100.00 €On request

High Pressure Pump

1,250.00 €3,000.00 €On request

Fuel Rail

500.00 €1,000.00 €On request

System Price

4,350.00 €12,400.00 €On request(Prices will be finalized in your personal offer once part numbers are defined)

Additional remark:Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in
findingacompany

that

can

build

high

pressure

lines

for

your

application.

When contacting us for more information on our Diesel components, please have thefollowing information ready so that we may best determine components required for yourapplication:
The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installedModel year and type of car / engine

The base output level and the desired output level for the engine

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

37

If it is a Bosch application, the part numbers of the components

Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part number of the original injection
system.

Please note:
If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch components, modifications will be easierthan replacing third party components.
We reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification
requires an extraordinary amount of time.

38

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6
EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject
the fuel as efficiently as possible into theintakemanifold

runnertoachieveahomogeneous distribution of fuel in air
flow.
EV

6

injection

valvesfeaturehighcorrosion resistance and excellent engine
startcharacteristics.

The

hydraulicconnections of all Bosch injection valves
are compatible.
Application

Characteristic

Fuel input

top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 ... 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures

Mechanical Datamax. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gElectrical Data
Max. power supply

6 … 16 V

standard, long

Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo
and optional with motorsport connector

Spray typeC (single beam) or E (twin beam)≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test
DIN 50 021

System pressure

Housing design

Flow rate at 3 bar

134 up to 962 cm3/min

Flow rate at 3 bar

92 up to 658 g/min (n-heptane)

Spray angle 

15° … 70°

Bent angle γ

0° … 20°

Coil resistance

1.2 … 16 

Application Hint
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied witha peak and hold power stage.

Examples of Series Production
Flow rate at 3 bar(n-heptane)[g/min]

Flow rate at 3
bar [cm3/min]

DesignType

Spray angle
80

Bent
angle γCoil resistancePart number

116

170

S

C

15°

0°

14.5 Ω

0 280 156 194

261

382

L

C

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 155 737

261

382

L

E

20°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 155 830

269

393

L

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 156 063

310

453

S

C

20°

5°

12 Ω

0 280 156 012

More than 400 versions are available on request.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

39

Examples for Motorsports
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design(n-heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min]

Type

Spray
angle 80

Bent
angle γCoil resistancePart number

261

382

S

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 431 127-07

364

533

S

C

25°

15°

12 Ω

B 280 431 128-04

364

533

S

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 431 129-03

493

721

S

C

70°

0°

1.2 Ω

B 280 431 131-02

658

962

S

C

25°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 434 499-02

Further special motorsport versions are available on request.

Some Examples

EV 6 CL0 280 155 737

EV 6 EL

0 280 155 830

EV 6 CS

0 280 156 005

EV 6 CS

B 280 431 127-07

EV 6 CS

B 280 431 131-02

EV 6 CS

B 280 434 499-01

Spray Illustration

40

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
EV 6 Standard

EV 6 Long

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

41

Injection Valve EV 12
EV 12 injection valves are EV 6 injection
valves with an extended tip.
There is only one injector body size for the
EV 12. Various delivery rates and sprayangles are available.

Application

Characteristic

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperature-40 ... 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures

Mechanical Data
System pressure

max. 8 bar

Weight40 g
48 mm (total 81 mm)standard with extension

Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo
and optional with motorsport connector

Spray typeC (single beam) or E (twin beam)≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test
DIN 50 021

Installation lengths

Housing design

Flow rate at 3 bar

146 … 1,023 cm3/min

Flow rate at 3 bar

59 … 670 g/min (n-heptane)

Spray angle 

5° … 60°

Bent angle γ

0° … 17°

Coil resistance

11 … 16 

Application Hint

Electrical Data
Max. power supply

16 V

Please ask for more information before ordering.

Examples of Series Production
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design(n-heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min]

Type

Spray
angle 80

Bent angle γ

Coil resistancePart number

120

175

S

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 157 002

193

282

S

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 157 012

217

317

S

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 155 897

269

393

S

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 155 892

310

453

S

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 157 000

More than 30 versions are available on request.

42

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Some Examples

EV 12 E0 280 155 892

EV 12 E0 280 155 897

EV 12 E0 280 157 000

Spray Illustration

EV 12

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

43

Injection Valve EV 14
EV 14 injection valves are the latest
revision of thetechnology.

EV 6 injection valve

EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow
rates and spray patterns. Compact size
and three standard versions simplify
mounting in a variety of applications.

Application

Characteristic

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperature-40 ... 110 °C

Permissible fuel temperaturescompact, standard, long

Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomoand motorsport connectors

Spray typeC (single beam) or E (twin beam)≤ 70 °C

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test
DIN 50 021

Flow rate at 3 bar

146 up to 1,023 cm3/min

Flow rate at 3 bar 100 up to 700 g/min (n-heptane)

Mechanical Data
System pressure

max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

Housing design

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Spray angle 

15° … 85°

Bent angle γ

0° … 15°12 

Coil resistance

Application Hint

Electrical Data
Max. power supply

16 V

Please ask for more information before ordering.

Examples of Series Production
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design(n-heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min]

Type

Spray
Bent angle γ
angle 80

Part number

116

170

L

C

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 110

116

170

S

E

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 200

150

219

L

C

20°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 107

150

219

S

E

19°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 013

237

347

KxT

C

20°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 038

237

347

L

E

22°

5°

12 Ω

0 280 158 116

372

543

SxT

E

25°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 123

670

980

KxT

C

30°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 040

More than 200 additional versions are available on request.

44

Coil resistancemotorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Examples for Motorsports
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design(n-heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min]

Type

Spray
angle 80

Bent
angle γCoil resistancePart number

387

566

S

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-09

387

566

S

C

25°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-10

503

736

S

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-07

503

736

S

C

25°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-08

697

1,019

S

E

20°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 469-01

Further special motorsport versions are available on request.

Spray Illustration

EV 14 Types

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

45

EV 14 Compact

EV 14 Standard

46

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

EV 14 Long

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

47

Injection Valve EV 14i
EV 14i injection valves are developed
specially for motorsport applications.
The injection valve EV 14i is designed for awide range of flow rates and spraypatterns. Very compact size simplifies
mounting in a variety of applications.

Application

Characteristic

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperature

Housing designvery compact-40 ... 110 °C

Connectors

some motorsport connectors≤ 70 °C

Spray typeC (single beam) or E (twin beam)

Permissible fuel temperatures

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test
DIN 50 021

Mechanical Data
System pressure

max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 20 g

Installation lengths

26.9 mm

Flow rate at 3 bar

up to 1,023 cm3/min

Flow rate at 3 bar

up to 700 g/min (n-heptane)

Spray angle 

15° … 85°

Bent angle γ

0° … 15°
2.3  or 12 

Coil resistance

Application Hint
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Electrical Data
Max. power supply

16 V

Injectors with low resistance are only supplied witha peak and hold power stage.

Some examples for EV 14i
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design(n-heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min]

Type

Spray
angle 80

Bent
angle γPart number

213

311

i

C

80°

0°

12 Ω

on request

261

382

i

C

25°

0°

2.3 Ω

on request

261

382

i

C

35°

0°

2.3 Ω

on request

261

382

ixT

E

20°

15°

12 Ω

on request

261

382

i

C

35°

0°

12 Ω

F 02U V00 718-01

261

382

i

E

20°

0°

12 Ω

F 02U V00 724-01

310

453

i

C

35°

0°

12 Ω

on request

Further spray angles and flow rates are available on request.

48

Coil resistancemotorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Spray Illustration

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

49

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5
The HDEV 5 is a high pressure injector,
which is developed to be used as a port ora direct injection.
The function of the HDEV 5 is both tometer out the fuel and to obtain a welldefined mixture of fuel and air. It is an
inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening
and closing times, which ensures a very
stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high sprayvariability concerning spray angle andspray shape. Also the flow rate can be
defined in a big range.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

308 … 1,026 g/min @ 100 bar

Fuel input

top-feed-injector

Fuel
Operating pressure

gasoline[1] 150 bar[2] 200 bar

Weight w/o wire
Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Characteristic

Operating temperature range-31 … 130 °C

Spray type

Storage temperature range-40 … 70 °C

Number of holes

600 m/s2

Spray angle overall

Max. Vibration

Spray angle single beam

Electrical Data
Booster power supply

65 … 90 V

Booster current

8.5 … 12 A

Booster sustain time
Peak power supply
Peak current
Peak sustain time
Hold power supply
Hold current
Coil resistance50

355 … 440 μs
12 V
4.8 … 7.1 A
145 … 160 μs

68 g

Static flow tolerance
Dynamic flow tolerance
Leakage

Multihole
4 … 7 holes
110°
8 … 20°±5 %±6 % @ ti = 1.5 ms≤ 2.5 mm³/min @ 23 °C

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Kompakt
A 928 000 453

12 V

Pin 1

Pos

2.5 … 3.1 A

Pin 2

Gnd

1.5 Ω

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Application Hint

Part Number

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch
Motorsport power stage (e.g. HPI 1.1 or HPI 1.16).

HDEV 5.1[1] on request

HDEV 5.2[2] on request

motorsport@bosch.com

51

If your application conditions will not match thelisted performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or
chemically) if the tip will not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Examples of variations, further variations on request

31 Mar. 10

Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1
The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is an
instrumentfordriving

injectorsforgasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be
driven. The injectors are gathered in 3
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a grouponly one injector can be switched on at
the same time. The 3 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injectionof injectors of different groups is possible.
Communication between main ECU andthe HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.

HPI 1.1 Active low
The injection control inputs of the HPI 1.1
Active low are inverting (Low = ”ON”) for
operation with standard lowside powerstages of automotive ECUs.

Electrical Data
Power supply
Internal voltage regulator

Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4-cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6-cyl. operation)

6,000

-

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 … 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

Application

14 V

14.0 V

Communication interfaces
1 CAN (500 kBaud)
1 K-Line

Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves
HDEV 1/HDEV 5

Part Number

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

HPI 1.1 Active low (for HDEV 1)

F 01T A20 000-01

HPI 1.1 Active low (for HDEV 5)

F 02U V00 030-01

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature
Size
Weight52-25 … 85 °C
180 x 162 x 46 mm
430 g

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

HPI 1.1 Active highThe injection control inputs of the HPI 1.1
Active high are non-inverting (High =”ON”).
Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4-cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6-cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves
HDEV 1/HDEV 5
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply
Internal voltage regulator

14 V-

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 … 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Communication interfaces
1 CAN (500kBaud)
1 K-Line

Part Number
HPI 1.1 Active high (for HDEV 1) F 01E B01 645-01
HPI 1.1 Active high (for HDEV 5) F 02U V00 036-01

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature
Size
Weight31 Mar. 10-25 … 85 °C
180 x 162 x 46 mm
430 g

motorsport@bosch.com

53

HPI 1.16 HV / HVD
In combination with a Bosch Motorsport
ECU the HPI 1.16 Box enables the runningof high pressure injection valves. The
injector current is realised by a switchedcurrent regulation with booster period,
pick-upperiod,holding

periodandrecharging period. This HPI can be used
for example in racing series like DTM, 24 h
Le Mans, etc.

HPI 1.16 HVExternal supply of booster voltage (90 V)
is required.
Mechanical Data
Max. number of cylinders

10

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing
Filtered connectors in motorsport technology withhigh pin density

Conditions for Use
Housing temperature-25 … 85 °C

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5,
HDEV 1

Flexible housing fixation points

Max. rpm

Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightCommunication interfaces

575 g
1 CAN, 1 K-Line

12,500Part Number
HPI 1.16 HV

F 01T A20 019

HPI 1.16 HVD
In addition the HPI 1.16 HVD has aninternal voltage regulator.
Mechanical Data
Max. number of cylinders

10

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing
Filtered connectors in motorsport technology withhigh pin density

Conditions for Use
Housing temperature-25 … 70 °C

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5,
HDEV 1

Flexible housing fixation points

Max. rpm

Size without connectors
WeightCommunication interfaces

54

135 x 101 x 43 mm
725 g
1 CAN, 1 K-Line

Internal voltage regulator

12,50065 … 90 V

Part Number
HPI 1.16 HVD

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 018

Injection & Ignition

Ignition Module IM 3.1 / 3.2
This ignition module IM is an external
ignition power stage capable of supplying
up to three non-transistorized ignition
coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by
an ECU with ignition signal outputs in the
range
of
10
to
20
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).

mA

(e.g.
IM 3.1 [1]The IM unit combines the robustness of ahigh quality production part with good

IM 3.2 [2]electrical performance to provide an ideal
solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ±30 V

Operating temperature range @ measuring point-40 … 120 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 130 °C

400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 ... 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off
IB

Size
Weight w/o wire
Mounting[1] 70.5 x 68 x 20 mm[2] 71 x 48 x 21 mm
47 g
2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Characteristic
Characteristic dwell time
see characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used
Internal transistor

triple Darlington

0 mA
10 … 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. @ TU < 120 °C< 10 AUCE satt @ IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt @ IC max<9V

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

55

Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition modules IM 3.1 / 3.2
ECU with 10 to 20 mA current driver
U batt / power supply

e.g. Bosch MS 4.x

ignition driver outputs
ignition coilterminal 4a

Foreign ECU without special
current driver needs this circuit+5V
terminal 4b

150 Ω
ECU
control signal

33 Ω

10 kΩ
BCX 58ignition module
0 227 100 2XX

Connectors

Application Hint

[1] Connector 1 Three Pin Connector @ 3.1

The ignition modules 3.1 / 3.2 can be used with:
Coil 2x2, 3x2, P35, P35-T and PS or comparable
coils.

Connector
Mating connector

Bosch Jetronic 3-pin
D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Collector Transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 3

Please ensure that the connectors are safe fromwater.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The
mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

[1] Connector 2 Four Pin Connector @ 3.1

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Connector

The IM 3.1 / 3.2 are designed for use with engine
control units which have no integrated ignitiontransistor.

Bosch Jetronic 4-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis Transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 4

Basis Transistor 1

Please observe the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

[2] Connector 1 Seven Pin Connector @ 3.2

Part Number

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-pin

Ignition Module IM 3.1 [1]

0 227 100 209

F 02U B00 252-01

Ignition Module IM 3.2 [2]0 227 100 203

Mating connector
Pin 1

Collector Transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis Transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector Transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis Transistor 3

56

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Dimensions IM 3.1

Dimensions IM 3.2

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

57

Ignition Module IM 4
This ignition module IM is an external
ignition power stage capable of supplying
up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by
an ECU with ignition signal outputs in therange of 10 to 20 mA (e.g. MS 4 Sport/MS
4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of ahigh quality production part with goodelectrical performance to provide an ideal
solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ±30 V

Operating temperature range @ measuring point-40 … 120 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 130 °C

400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 ... 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off
IBWeight w/o wire
Mounting< 8.5 A< 10 AUCE Satt @ IC = 5 A<3V

UCE Satt @ IC max

<9V

54 g
2 x M4 screws
with spring washer

Characteristic dwell time
see characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used
Internal transistor

10 … 22 mA

IC max. @ TU < 120 °C

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Characteristic

0 mA

IC typical

58

Size

motorsport@bosch.com

triple Darlington

Injection & Ignition

Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition module IM 4

Connectors

Application Hint

Connector 1 Four Pin Connector

The ignition module 4 can be used with: Coils 2x2,
3x2, P35, P35-T and PS or comparable coils.

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 4-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector Transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector Transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector Transistor 1

Connector 2 Five Pin Connector
Connector

Bosch Jetronic 5-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis Transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis Transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis Transistor 4

31 Mar. 10

Please ensure that the connectors are safe fromwater.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The
mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine
control units which have no integrated ignitiontransistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Part Number
Ignition Module IM 4

motorsport@bosch.com

0 227 100 211

59

Dimensions IM 4

60

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100
The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump forthe installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar.
Biofuel can be delivered up to E85.
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a
production type pump is the high delivery
rate at high pressure.

Application

Characteristic

Fuel delivery> 100 l/h

Fuel pressure

5 bar

Pressure limiting valve

7 … 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 … 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 70 °C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 … 18 Hz≤ 40 m/s2 at 18 … 60 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter

54 mm

Length185 mmWeight

725 g

Mountingclamping

Electrical Data
Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C

118 ± 3 l/h

Supply voltage

6 … 16.5 V

Operating voltage
Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C

31 Mar. 10

13.8 V

Surface coating

Alu nature

Color

silver

Non-return valve
Fuel filteringexternextern, on pressure side

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector
with ring wire M4 and M5
Mechanical connector intake side

M16x1.5

Mechanical connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Application Hint
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
FP 100

Y 580 701 456-03

motorsport@bosch.com

61

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic delivery rate FP 100
delivery pressure p [bar]
200

2
3

180

4
5

160

6
delivery volume Q [l/h]

140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]delivery pressure p [bar]

8.00

2
3

7.00

4
5

Load Current I [A]

6.00

6

5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

Operating Voltage U [V]62

motorsport@bosch.com

13.0

14.0

15.0

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pump FP 165
The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump forthe installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar.
Biofuel can be delivered up to E85.
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pumpand combines good quality at a low price.

Application

Characteristic

Fuel delivery> 165 l/h

Fuel pressure

5 bar

Pressure limiting valve

7 … 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 … 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 70 °C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 … 18 Hz≤ 40 m/s2 at 18 … 60 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmWeight

980 g

Mountingclamping

Electrical Data
Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C

205 ± 5 l/h

Supply voltage

6 … 16.5 V

Operating voltage
Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C

31 Mar. 10

13.8 V

Surface coating

Alu nature

Color

silver

Non-return valve

internFuel filteringextern, on pressure side

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector
with ring wire M4 and M5
Mechanical connector intake sideM14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Application Hint
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
FP 1650 580 254 979

motorsport@bosch.com

63

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic delivery rate FP 165
delivery pressure p [bar]
300

2
3
4

250

5

delivery volume Q [l/h]

6
200

150

100

50

0
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]delivery pressure p [bar]

14.00

2
3

13.00

4

12.00

5
6

Load Current I [A]

11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

Operating Voltage U [V]64

motorsport@bosch.com

13.0

14.0

15.0

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pump FP 200
The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump forthe installation outside and inside the fueltank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar(8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to
E85.
The FP 200 is one of the most popular
aftermarket fuel pumps with excellent
value for money.
Application

Characteristic

Fuel delivery> 200 l/h

Surface coating

Fuel pressure[1] 5 bar[2] 8 barColor

Hot delivery decrease @ 95 °C, 13 V, 5 bar
Pressure limiting valve-30 l/hAlu naturesilver

Non-return valve
Fuel filteringexternal
external, on pressure side

10 … 12 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Connectors and Wires

Operating temperature range-20 … 90 °C

Electrical connector

Storage temperature range-40 … 70 °C

Electrical mating connector
with ring wire M6 and M5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 … 18 Hz≤ 40 m/s2 at 18 … 60 Hz

Mechanical Data

+M6/-M5

Mechanical connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Diameter

60 mm

Application Hint

Length196 mmFor technical reasons the values may vary.

Weight

1,030 gPlease use only within the specified limit values.

Mountingclamping

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Electrical Data
Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C[1] 260 ± 5 l/h

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22 °C[2] 220 ± 5 l/h

Supply voltage
Operating voltage

6 … 16.5 V

FP 200 (5 bar)[1] 0 580 254 044

FP 200 (8 bar)[2] B 261 205 413-01

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C[1] 14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22 °C[2] 15 ± 1 A

31 Mar. 10

Part Numbers

motorsport@bosch.com

65Characteristic delivery rate FP 200 (5 bar)delivery pressure p [bar]
350

2
3
4

300

5

delivery volume Q [l/h]

6
250

200

150

100

50
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]delivery pressure p [bar

18.00

2
3

16.00

4
5
6

Load Current I [A]

14.00

12.00

10.00

8.00

6.00

4.00
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

Operating Voltage U [V]66

motorsport@bosch.com

13.0

14.0

15.0

Injection & Ignition
Characteristic delivery rate FP 200 (8 bar)delivery pressure p [bar]
350
2
300

3
4

delivery volume Q [l/h]

250

5
6
7

200

8
9

150

100

50

0
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]delivery pressure p [bar]

18.00
2
3

16.00

4
5

Load Current I [A]

14.00

6
7

12.00

8
9

10.00

8.00

6.00

4.00
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

67

Fuel Pump FP 300/FP 300L
The FP 300 [1] represents the next
generation of low-pressure inline fuelpumps. The internals of the pump aredesigned specificallyapplications.

formotorsport
FP 300Higher fuel delivery (from modified rotor
design) as well as an improved power-toweight ratio are two of the advantages ofthis pump.
FP 300L

The pumps can be used for gasoline,
Diesel and Bio fuels. The FP 300L [2] has
further weight reduction measures.
Application

Characteristic

Fuel delivery>300 l/h

Fuel pressure

8 bar

Hot delivery decrease @ 95 °C, 13 V, 5 bar-14.8 l/h (-4 %)Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Surface coating

anodized

Color

red

Non return valve

internFuel filteringinternConnectors and Wires-20 … 90 °C

Electrical connector-40 … 70 °C

Electrical mating connector
with ring wire M6 and M5

3 mm @ 10 … 18 Hz≤ 40 m/s2 @ 18 … 60 Hz

Mechanical Data

+ M6/- M5

Mechanical connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Diameter

50 mm

Application Hint

Length174 mmIntegrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

Weight[1] 714 g[2] 670 g

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Mountingclamping

Please flush the pump with gasoline after the usewith Methanol fuel.

Electrical Data
Delivery rate @ 5 bar and 22 °C

340 ± 1 l/h

Supply voltage

10 … 16.5 V

Operating voltage
Load current @ 5 bar and 22 °C

68

13.8 V17.3 ± 1 A

Please use only within the specified limit values.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
FP 300[1] B 261 205 366-01

FP 300L[2] F 02U V00 636-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Characteristic delivery rate FP 300/FP 300L
delivery pressure p [bar]
500

2
3

450

4
5

400

6
delivery volume Q [l/h]

350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]delivery pressure p [bar]

24.00

2
3

22.00

4

20.00

5
6

Load Current I [A]

18.00
16.00
14.00
12.00
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

Operating Voltage U [V]Dimensions FP 300

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

69Dimensions FP 300L

70

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
The HDP 5 is a compact designed highpressure single piston pump. The design
allows achieving a big delivery volume aswell as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsportapplications.

Variationofnumber of cam lobes and cam lift allows
addressing different flow-requirements.
The HDP 5 has an integrated demand
control for metering the amount of fuelsupplied into thehighpressure fuelsystem and an overpressure relief valve tolimit the maximum fuel pressure. Bymetering the fuel into the high pressure
system no fuel return line into the tank isneeded.
Mechanical Data

Connections

Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 … 1.1 cm³/ rotcam

Nominal pressure

up to 200 bar

Weightapprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft 3,500 … 4,650 min-1

Fuel inlet connection

M14x1.5

High pressure connection

M14x1.5

Application Hint

Operating temperature-40 °C ... +120 °C

Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depends on cam profile and typeof tappet. Higher flow rates are only achievable atlower max. speeds.

Storage temperature-40 °C … +70 °C

Available cam profiles on request.

Supply pressure

4 … 7 bar

Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flange

Compatible Fuels

unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80 °C (short-term 130 °C)

Max. vibration

31 Mar. 10

up to 600 m/s²

Part Numbers
HDP 5 with integrated control valve

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

71

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
The HDP 5-FD is a compact designed highpressure single piston pump. The design
allows achieving a big delivery volume aswell as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsportapplications.

Variationofnumber of cam lobes and cam lift allows
addressing different flow-requirements.

Mechanical Data

Connections

Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 … 1.1 cm³/ rotcam

Nominal pressure

up to 200 bar

Weightapprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft 3,500 … 4,650 min-1

Fuel inlet connection

M14x1.5

High pressure connection

M14x1.5

Application Hint

Operating temperature-40 °C ... +120 °C

Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depends on cam profile and typeof tappet. Higher flow rates are only achievable atlower max. speeds.

Storage temperature-40 °C … +70 °C

Available cam profiles on request.

Supply pressure

4 … 7 bar

Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flange

Compatible Fuels

unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80 °C (short-term 130 °C)

Max. vibration72

up to 600 m/s²

Part Numbers
HDP 5-FD

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 B11 223-01

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M
Fuel pressure regulators are developed tokeep constant the fuel pressure at the
injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well
as for methanol applications.
The main benefits of this regulator are its
higher pressure range and the higher
return flow rate in comparison to the
production type regulators.
Application

Application Hint

Pressure range

see Part Numbers

Reflow quantity

30 … 400 l/hWith air intake connector

noFuel compatibility Mini

E85, M22

Fuel compatibility Mini M

E85, M100

Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration< 600 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter
WeightMounting

The fitting at the intake tube can be used tocompensate the intake pressure against
atmospheric pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
before the installation of the regulator.
Please make a leaktest after the installation of theregulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

37.9 mm
60 g
fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires

Part Number
Mini, 2.5 bar

B 261 208 101-01

Mini, 3 bar

B 261 208 102-01

Mini, 3.5 bar

B 261 208 103-01

Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Mini, 4 bar

B 261 208 104-01

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

Mini, 5 bar

B 261 208 105-01

Mini, 6 bar

B 261 208 106-01

Mini, 7 bar

B 261 208 107-01

Mini, 8 bar

B 261 208 108-01

Mini, 10 bar

B 261 208 109-01

Mini M, 6 bar, Methanol version

B 261 208 121-01

Mini M, 8 bar, Methanol version

B 261 208 122-01

Mini M, 10 bar, Methanol version B 261 208 123-01

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

73

74

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel pressure regulators are developed tokeep constant the fuel pressure at the
injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type
regulator

was

specially

designedformotorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is theadjustability of the fuel pressure.
Application

Application Hint

Pressure range[1] 2.2 … 3.5 bar[2] 3.5 … 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 … 220 l/hWith air intake connector
diam. 5 mm, tube connector
Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration< 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter
WeightMounting

34.9 mm
58 g
fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

31 Mar. 10

The fitting at the intake tube can be used tocompensate the intake pressure against
atmospheric pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
before the installation of the regulator.
Please make a leaktest after the installation of theregulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Part Number
Mini A[1] B 280 550 340-01

Mini A[2] B 280 550 341-02

motorsport@bosch.com

75

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Fuel pressure regulators are developed tokeep constant the fuel pressure in the railat the injection valves.
This

production

type

fuel

pressure

regulator is designed for the integration
into the fuel rail.
The main benefits of this regulator are its
high quality for little money and the highreturn flow rate.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Pressure range

3.8 barConnector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Reflow quantity

15 … 220 l/hConnector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringWith air intake connector
diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Application Hint

Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration< 600 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter
WeightMounting

34.9 mm48 g
fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2%

The fitting at the intake tube can be used tocompensate the intake pressure against
atmospheric pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
before the installation of the regulator.
Please make a leaktest after the installation of theregulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Part Number
Mini 3876

motorsport@bosch.com

0 280 160 616

Injection & Ignition

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

77

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Fuel pressure regulators are developed tokeep constant the fuel pressure at the
injection valves.
We prepared this production type basedmodel especially for motorsport use andincreased the pressure level.
The main benefits of this regulator are its
high quality for little money and the highreturn flow rate.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Pressure range

5 bar

Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Reflow quantity

15 … 220 l/hConnector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringWith air intake connector
diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Application Hint

Fuel compatibility

E85/M15

Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration< 600 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

fastening with a clip

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
before the installation of the regulator.
Please make a leaktest after the installation of theregulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy

The fitting at the intake tube can be used tocompensate the intake pressure against
atmospheric pressure.

±2 % at 105 l/hPart Number
Mini 578

motorsport@bosch.com

0 280 B02 722-02

Injection & Ignition

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

79

HP Control Valve DSV
The

DSV

is

specificallydesignedforregulation of pressure in the common railof high pressure injection systems.

Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

Pressure range

10 … 200 bar

Operation voltage

6.5 … 18 V

Flow quantity

max. 220 l/h

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

WeightSize
Housing
Operating temperature
Max. temperature of location

135 g
32 x 54 x 56 mm
Aluminium-20 … 130 °C
140 °C (max. 5 min)Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Part Number
HP Control Valve DSV

80

Bosch Compact

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 540 011

Injection & Ignition

Ignition Coils
Double Fire Coil 3x2
This dual spark ignition coil is designed
for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder
engines.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU
needs only three internal ignition powerstages for supplying a 6-cylinder engine.
The double fire 3x2 coil benefits fromseries production ensuring robustness andlow cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 8.0 A

Mounting

1,490 gscrew fastening

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 120 °C

Communication

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Noise suppression

No

Suppression diode / EFU

No

Integrated power stage

No

Ion current signal

No

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

81Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

5.0 A

7.2

4.3

3.1

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.4

1.3

1.1

1.0

6.0 A

9.5

5.4

3.8

2.9

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

7.0 A

13.5

6.6

4.5

3.5

2.8

2.4

2.0

1.8

1.6

1.4

8.0 A

7.9

5.2

3.9

3.2

2.7

2.3

2.0

1.8

1.6

9.0 A

9.5

6.0

4.4

3.5

2.9

2.5

2.2

1.9

1.8

6.7

4.9

3.9

3.2

2.7

2.4

2.1

1.9

10.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell time = f (Ubatt)
16,0dwell time / ms

14,0
12,0

6V

10,0

8V
10V

8,0

12V
14V
16V
18V
24V

6,0
4,0
2,0
0,0
4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A]
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

34.4

45

56.5

67.6

77.7

86.2

Spark Duration [ms]

1.44

1.63

1.78

1.9

1.98

2.07

Spark Current [mA]

48

60

70

80

88.8

100

High Voltage [kV]

25.4

29.9

34

39.3

43

45

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
2,6
mA

90

2,4
mJ

80

2,2
ms

70

2

60

1,8

50

1,6

40

1,4

30

1,2

20

1
4

5

6

7

8

9

10

I primary / A

82

motorsport@bosch.com

11

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& High Voltage Offering / kV

100

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Jetronic
D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil withthe spark plug, please pay attention that the spark
plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing
order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on theignition coil are not the ignition firing order but thecylinders' order.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having two integrated ignition power stages, e.g.
IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

Coil 3x2

0 221 503 002

motorsport@bosch.com

83Double Fire Coil 2x2This dual spark ignition coil is designed for
low-cost
engines.

applicationsin4-cylinder

The advantage of this coil is that the ECU
needs only two internal ignition powerstages to supply a 4-cylinder engine.
The double fire 2x2 coil benefits fromseries production ensuring robustness andlow cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 8.0 A

Mounting

916 g
screw fastening

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 120 °C

Characteristic

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13.3 kΩHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.2 ms

Noise suppression

No

Suppression diode / EFU

No

Integrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No84

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

6.9

4.2

3.0

2.4

1.9

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.1

1.0

6.0 A

9.3

5.3

3.8

2.9

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

7.0 A

13.1

6.7

4.6

3.5

2.8

2.4

2.0

1.8

1.6

1.4

8.0 A

22.2

8.1

5.4

4.1

3.3

2.7

2.3

2.0

1.8

1.6

9.0 A

-

9.8

6.2

4.6

3.6

3.0

2.6

2.3

2.0

1.8

10.0 A

-

12.0

7.0

5.1

4.0

3.3

2.8

2.5

2.2

2.0

5.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
25,0dwell time / ms

20,0
6V
8V

15,0

10V
12V
14V
20V
24V

10,0

5,0

0,0
4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark energy [mJ]

34.5

46.5

58.0

69.6

79.9

89.9

Spark duration [ms]

1.6

1.83

2.03

2.2

2.31

2.4

Spark current [mA]

40

51

61

70

77

88

High voltage [kV]

24.9

30

34.5

38.6

42.2

45

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
4,5mJ

Spark energy / mJ, Provided High
Voltage / kV & Spark Current / mA

90

4

80

3,5
mA

70

3

60

2,5

Spark Duration / ms

100

ms

50

2
kV

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

40

1,5

30

1

20

High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

0,5
4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

85Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector
Pin 1

Application Hint
Bosch Jetronic
D 261 205 289-01
Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil withthe spark plug, please pay attention that the spark
plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing
order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on theignition coil are not the ignition firing order but thecylinders' order.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having two integrated ignition power stages, e.g.
IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil 2x2

86

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 503 407

Injection & Ignition

Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
This ignition coil is specifically developedfor engines with twin sparks.
The advantage of this coil is that are two
separated coils in one housing. So theignition can be parallel or serial - offset
with some angular degrees.
This coil is a series coil, produced in great
quantities. The advantages of coils fromrun production
robustness.

are

low

costs

and

Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

WeightPrimary current

2 x ≤ 7.5 A

Mounting

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C

Characteristic

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage

Max. vibration-40 … 110 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

496 g
screw fastening

IGBT IRG4BC40S(Uce = 600 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

420 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 2.1 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 95 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.14 ms

Noise suppressionnoSuppression diode / EFU

yes

Integrated power stage

noIonic current signal

no31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

87Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

4.0 A

4.60

2.90

2.10

1.65

1.36

1.16

1.02

5.0 A

6.50

3.90

2.74

2.11

1.74

1.47

1.28

6.0 A

9.20

4.80

3.36

2.55

2.07

1.75

1.51

7.0 A

13.60

5,70

3,90

2,92

2,35

1,98

1,70

7.5 A

6.10

4.00

3.04

2.45

2.05

1.77

8.0 A

6.50

4.20

3.18

2.55

2.14

1.84

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.
ti = f (Ubatt)
16,00
14,00

dwell time / ms

12,00

6V
8V
10V

10,00

12V
14V
16V
18V

8,00
6,00
4,00
2,00
0,00
3,5

4,0

4,5

5,0

5,5

6,0

6,5

7,0

7,5

8,0

8,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A]
4A

5A

6A

7A

7.5 A

8A

Spark energy [mJ]

20

29.9

38

46.2

49.5

52.4

Spark duration [ms]

784

931

1,040

1,110

1,140

1,160

Spark current [mA]

55

70

85

90

95

105

High voltage [kV]

22.5

27.5

31.5

35.4

36.7

37.7

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

1,1

mA

100

1
0,9

80

0,8
0,7

60

0,6
mJ

40

0,5
0,4

kV

0,3

20

0,2
0,1

0

0
3,5

4

4,5

5

5,5

6

6,5

7

7,5

8

I primary / A

88

1,2

µs

motorsport@bosch.com

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& High Voltage Offering / kV

120

8,5

Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm
Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Current
Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.
Ignition cables are needed to connect the coil withthe spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having integrated ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or
BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

Coil 2x1

0 221 503 035

motorsport@bosch.com

89

Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T
This single fire coil is a low cost concept
designed for direct
cylinder head.

mounting

to theThe P35 coil [1] has no integrated powerstage and is developed for use with ECUs
that have integrated ignition transistors.
The P35-T [2] has an integrated transistor
for use with ECUs that have ignition
power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The single fire coil benefits from series
production ensuring robustness and low
cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Length140.5 mm

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Weight194 … 205 g

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)[2] BIP 373

Primary resistance with wire[1] 760 mΩ
[2] Incapable of measurement
Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal

90

screw fastening

Yes[1] No[2] YesNo

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4.0 A

5.9

3.1

2.2

1.6

1.4

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

5.0 A

11.4

4.4

2.9

2.1

1.7

1.4

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

6.0 A

6.0

3.7

2.7

2.1

1.8

1.5

1.3

1.2

1.0

7.0 A

8.6

4.4

3.1

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

8.0 A

5.2

3.5

2.7

2.2

1.9

1.6

1.4

1.3

9.0 A

6.6

3.9

3.0

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
15,0
14,0
13,0
12,0

dwell time / ms

11,0

6V
8V

10,0
9,0

10V
12V

8,0

14V
16V

7,0
6,0

20V
24V

5,0
4,0
3,0
2,0
1,0
0,0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & High Voltage
I primary
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

Spark energy [mJ]

18

25.4

33.4

38.8

43.3

47

Spark duration [ms]

0.77

0.91

1

1.07

1.11

1.15

Spark current [mA]

50

62

74

83

91

100

High voltage [kV]

22

26.5

30.3

33

34.5

36.2

Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary)
1,4
mA

90

1,3

80

1,2
ms

70

1,1

60

1

50

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, High Voltage
Offering / kV & Spark Current / mA

100

0,9
mJ

40

0,8
kV

30

0,7

20

0,6

10

Energy [@ 1000V||1MΩ]
Spark Current
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Duration

0,5
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

91Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Sumitomo
D 261 205 367

Pin 1[1] ECUIgnition Driver Stage[2] ECUIgnition Signal

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

The coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.

For spark plugs

For technical reasons the values of the coils mayvary.

Spark plug connector

ceramic diameter d = 10 mm
140.5 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire with your order.

92

Please only use within specified limit values.

Part Number
Coil P35 [1]

0 221 504 030

Coil P35-T [2]0 221 604 014

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil P35-E / P35-TE
For this single fire coil the customer candefine the length of the spark plugconnector.
The P35-E coil [1|2] has no integrated
power stage and is developed for use with
ECUs thattransistors.

haveintegrated

The

[3|4]

has

P35-TEanignition

integrated

transistor for use with ECUs that haveignition power stages with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The length of the spark plug connector
can be defined by customer. The single
fire coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

LengthPrimary current≤ 7.5 A

WeightOperating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data

≤ 225 mm
194 … 250 g
screw fastening

Measured with power stage[1|2] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)[3|4] BIP 373

Primary resistance with wire[1|2] 760 mΩ
[3|4] Incapable of measurement
Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current≤ 34 kV≤ 90 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal

31 Mar. 10

Yes[1|2] No
[3|4] YesNo

motorsport@bosch.com

93Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4.0 A

5.9

3.1

2.2

1.6

1.4

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

5.0 A

11.4

4.4

2.9

2.1

1.7

1.4

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

6.0 A

6.0

3.7

2.7

2.1

1.8

1.5

1.3

1.2

1.0

7.0 A

8.6

4.4

3.1

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

8.0 A

5.2

3.5

2.7

2.2

1.9

1.6

1.4

1.3

9.0 A

6.6

3.9

3.0

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
15,0
14,0
13,0
12,0

dwell time / ms

11,0

6V
8V

10,0
9,0

10V
12V

8,0

14V
16V

7,0
6,0

20V
24V

5,0
4,0
3,0
2,0
1,0
0,0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & High Voltage
I primary
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

Spark energy [mJ]

18

25.4

33.4

38.8

43.3

47

Spark duration [ms]

0.77

0.91

1

1.07

1.11

1.15

Spark current [mA]

50

62

74

83

91

100

High voltage [kV]

22

26.5

30.3

33

34.5

36.2

Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary)
1,4
mA

90
80

1,2
ms

70

1,1

60

1

50

0,9
mJ

40

0,8
kV

30

0,7

20

0,6

10

0,5
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

I primary / A

94

1,3

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, High Voltage
Offering / kV & Spark Current / mA

100

motorsport@bosch.com

9,5

Energy [@ 1000V||1MΩ]
Spark Current
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Duration

9A

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Application Hint
Sumitomo

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1[1|2] ECU Ignition Driver Stage[3|4] ECU Ignition Signal

Pin 2

ECU Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
For spark plugs[1|3] ceramic diameter d = 8 mm
[2|4] ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

Spark plug connector

85 … 225 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire and spark plugconnector length with your order.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it is a
spark plug with a ceramic diameter 8 or 10 mm.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

Coil P35-E [1]

F 02U V00 235-01

Coil P35-E [2]

F 02U V00 440-01

Coil P35-TE [3]

F 02U V00 234-01

Coil P35-TE [4]

F 02U V00 439-01

motorsport@bosch.com

95

Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M
This single fire coil P50 [1] is a low cost
concept designed for direct mounting to
the cylinder-head. A high voltage ignition
cable can optionally be connected to thesecondary output terminal.
Themating

ECU

must

have

internal

ignition power stages for each single firecoil.
The coil P50-M [2] is specifically for
motorsport applications. This coil isoperable in higher vibration environments.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C[1] ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz[2] ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Weight[1] 223 g[2] 265 g

Mounting

pluggable

Characteristic
Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current≤ 35 kV≤ 92 mA

Spark duration @ 1kV || 1MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression
Yes, with spark plug connector
Suppression diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

96

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

24 V

30 V

5.0 A

3.84

2.54

1.90

1.51

1.26

1.07

0.94

0.68

0.53

6.0 A

4.93

3.14

2.33

1.84

1.52

1.30

1.13

0.81

0.63

7.0 A

6.20

3.81

2.76

2.17

1.79

1.53

1.32

0.95

0.74

8.0 A

7.70

4.51

3.21

2.51

2.06

1.74

1.51

1.08

0.84

9.0 A

9.50

5.17

3.62

2.80

2.29

1.93

1.67

1.19

0.93

10.0 A

11.20

5.61

3.87

2.97

2.42

2.04

1.77

1.26

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance. The
needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00
6V

8,00

8V
10V

6,00

12V
14V

4,00

16V
24V

2,00

0,00
4,5

5,0

5,5

6,0

6,5

7,0

7,5

8,0

8,5

9,0

9,5

10,0

10,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A]
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark energy [mJ]

22

29.7

37.5

Spark duration [ms]

0.82

0.93

1.03

46.3

53

58.4

1.12

1.17

1.21

Spark current [mA]

60

68.5

77

87.5

97

105

High voltage [kV]

26.8

31.6

36.4

40.9

44.4

46.3

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& Provided High Voltage / kV

110

1,4
mA

100

ms

90

1,3
1,2

80

1,1

70

1

60

0,9

Spark Duration / ms

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

mJ

50

0,8
kV

0,7

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

30

0,6

Spark Current

20

0,5

40

10
4,5

5

5,5

6

6,5

7

7,5

8

8,5

9

9,5

10

High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

Spark Duration

0,4
10,5

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

97Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector
Pin 1

Application Hint
Bosch Compact
D 261 205 335-01
ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

For spark plugs

ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector

1 354 489 085

Part Number
P50 [1]0 221 504 001

P50-M [2]B 261 208 315-01
incl. spark plug connector 1 354 489 085

98

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil P100-T
The

P100-T(integrated

is

a

power

transistorized

coil

stage

355)

BIP

developed for engines needing immense
spark energy and long spark duration. The
integrated power stage requires an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of
10 to 20 mA.
This single fire coil is designed for direct
cylinder head mounting.
This coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 100 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 7.5 A

Mounting

Operating temperature range outer core
-20 … 140 °C

Characteristic

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C

353 g
screw fastening

BIP 355≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with/without cable
Incapable of measurement
Secondary resistance without noise suppression
Incapable of measurement
High voltage rise timeMax. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current≤ 1.7 kV/μs≤ 30 kV≤ 110 mA

Spark duration≤ 1.9 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

Yes

Ionic current signal

No

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

99

Characteristic Dwell time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4.0 A

6.8

4.0

2.9

2.2

1.8

1.5

1.3

1.2

1.0

0.9

5.0 A

10.4

5.5

3.8

2.9

2.4

2.0

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

6.0 A

16.8

7.3

4.9

3.7

2.9

2.5

2.1

1.8

1.6

1.5

7.0 A

9.9

6.1

4.5

3.6

3.0

2.5

2.2

2.0

1.8

8.0 A

13.7

7.6

5.4

4.2

3.5

3.0

2.6

2.3

2.0

9.3

6.4

4.9

4.0

3.4

2.9

2.6

2.3

9.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
18,0
16,0

dwell time / ms

14,0

6V
8V
10V
12V
14V
16V
18V
24V

12,0
10,0
8,0
6,0
4,0
2,0
0,0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A]
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

Spark Energy [mJ]

29.8

44.2

60

79.5

98.9

118

Spark Duration [ms]

1.07

1.3

1.48

1.65

1.81

1.93

Spark Current [mA]

60

70

80

95

110

125

High Voltage [kV]

24.9

28.6

30.7

30.9

31

31

mA

120
ms

100

1,6
mJ

80

1,2

60

0,8

40

0,4
kV

20

0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

I primary / A

1002

motorsport@bosch.com

9,5

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Provided High
Voltage / kV & Spark Current / mA

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU Ignition Driver StagePin 2

ECU GndPin 3

Engine Gnd

Pin 4

Ubatt

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil has an integrated power stage, only use
with engine control units with 10 to 20 mA current
output driver.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil P100-T

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 604 006

101

Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T
These pencil coils are a basic low cost
concept designed
installation.

forcylinderhead

The PS coil [1] has no integrated powerstage and is developed for use with ECUs
that have integrated ignition transistors.
The PS-T [2] has an integrated transistor
for use with ECUs that have ignition
power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The coils are only designed for spark plug
shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for
ignition applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Diameter

22 mm

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Weight[1] 189 g[2] 202 g

Operating temperature range outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable[1] 570 mΩ
[2] incapable of measurement
Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF[1] ≤ 30 kV[2] ≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal

102

screw fastening

Characteristic
Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)
respectively BIP372[2] BIP 355≤ 80 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩSuppression diode / EFU

Mounting

Yes[1] No[2] YesNo

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4.0 A

2.90

1.83

1.33

1.05

0.86

0.73

0.64

0.56

0.50

0.46

5.0 A

4.20

2.45

1.74

1.35

1.11

0.93

0.82

0.71

0.64

0.58

6.0 A

6.30

3.17

2.18

1.68

1.35

1.14

0.98

0.86

0.77

0.70

7.0 A

14.40

4.10

2.68

2.02

1.62

1.35

1.16

1.02

0.91

0.82

8.0 A

5.10

3.16

2.33

1.85

1.54

1.32

1.15

1.02

0.92

9.0 A

6.20

3.49

2.53

1.99

1.65

1.41

1.23

1.09

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
16,00
14,00
12,00
dwell time / ms

6V
10,00

8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V
24V

4,00
2,00
0,00
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A]
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

Spark energy [mJ]

15

22.8

30.2

38.2

47.9

52.9

Spark duration [ms]

0.65

0.793

0.904

1.01

1.101

1.13

Spark current [mA]

46

62

73

84

96

100

High voltage [kV]

15.6

19.3

22.7

26

28.8

30.2

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& Provided High Voltage / kV

100

2
mA

90

1,8

80

1,6

70

1,4
ms

60

1,2

50

1
mJ

40

0,8

30
kV

20

Spark Duration / ms

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

10

0,6

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

0,4

Spark Current
Spark Duration0,20Voltage Offering [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

103Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector[1] AMP C-O-28 44 25[2] Bosch Compact

Mating connector[1] D 261 205 350-01[2] D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1[1] ECU collector[2] ECU Imp

Pin 2[1] Engine Gnd[2] ECU Gnd

Pin 3[1] Ubatt[2] Engine Gnd

Pin 4[1] n.a.
[2] Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
The coil PS is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S.
The coil PS-T is only for use with engine control
units having current output drivers with 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil PS [1]0 221 504 460

Coil PS-T [2]0 221 604 103

Coil PS104

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Coil PS-T

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

105Single Fire Coil M
This coil is the first ignition coil developed
and designed specifically for motorsportuse. Compared to a production based coil,
the single fire coil M can operate in higher
temperature and vibration environments.
An additional advantage of this coil is theability to vary the length of the spark plugconnector to customer requirements.
This coil is also available as double fire
coil and in a DR-25 sleeve with multiple
connector options.
Please note this coil is non-transistorized
and must be used with an ECU that has
integrated power-stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Length168 mmPrimary current≤ 10 A

Weight180 g

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 160 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 4.0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 170 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.53 ms

Noise suppression

without

Suppression diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

106

pluggable / pressed

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

24 V

27 V

30 V

6.0 A

3.45

2.05

1.47

1.14

0.93

0.79

0.68

0.48

0.42

0.37

7.0 A

4.66

2.48

1.73

1.33

1.09

0.91

0.78

0.55

0.48

0.43

8.0 A

7.00

2.96

2.00

1.52

1.23

1.03

0.88

0.62

0.54

0.48

9.0 A

3.52

2.27

1.71

1.37

1.14

0.98

0.68

0.60

0.53

10.0 A

4.20

2.54

1.87

1.50

1.24

1.05

0.74

0.64

0.57

3.13

2.19

1.72

1.41

1.19

0.83

0.72

0.63

12.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
8,00

dwell time / ms

7,00
6,00

6V

5,00

8V
10V

4,00

12V
14V
16V
24V
30V

3,00
2,00
1,00
0,00
5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

12,0

13,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

12 A

Spark energy [mJ]

18.8

23.7

28.6

33.4

37.6

44.6

Spark duration [μs]

400

450

480

510

530

560

Spark current [mA]

100

120

135

150

170

190

High voltage [kV]

25.4

29

31.6

34

36

39

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
700
mJ

45

600

µs

40

500
kV

35

400

30

300

25

mA

20
15

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

50

200

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

100

Spark Current
Spark Duration

0
5

7

9

11

13

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

107Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Pin 2

ECUIgnition Driver Stage white

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Wire length

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length and thelength of the spark plug connector with your order.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil M

108

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 182-01

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T
This single fire coil was developed for theuse in high performance engines. It is
designed to mount directly on the spark
plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement and an integrated
ignition power stage. The design of theupper part (wire side) and the lower part(spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

DiameterPrimary current≤ 16 A

Weight

22 mm
150 g

Operating temperature range @ outer core[1] 0 … 160 °C[2] 0 … 150 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600V)[2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400V)

Max. vibration-40 ... 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

pluggable / pressed

Characteristic Data

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire[1] 330 mΩ
[2] incapable of measurement
Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage[1] No[2] Yes

Ionic current signal

optional

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

109Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

20 V

24 V

8.0 A

1.76

1.10

0.80

0.62

0.51

0.44

0.34

0.27

10.0 A

2.61

1.49

1.08

0.83

0.68

0.53

0.44

0.35

12.0 A

4.61

1.99

1.37

1.04

0.84

0.70

0.53

0.43

14.0 A

2.70

1.71

1.27

1.01

0.84

0.63

0.50

15.0 A

3.12

1.91

1.40

1.10

0.91

0.68

0.54

16.0 A

3.74

2.12

1.52

1.19

0.99

0.73

0.58

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
5,00
4,50

dwell time / ms

4,00
3,50

6V

3,00

8V
10V

2,50

12V
14V

2,00

16V
24V

1,50
1,00
0,50
0,00
7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

12,0

13,0

14,0

15,0

16,0

17,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
8A

10 A

12 A

14 A

15 A

16 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

18.1

28.3

39

50.8

58

64

Spark Duration [μs]

251

305

353

394

415

430

Spark Current [mA]

150

185

225

260

280

300

High Voltage [kV]

21.1

22.7

23.6

24.6

24.9

25.2

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
600
mJ

60

550

55

500

50

450
µs

45

400

40

350

35

300

30

250

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

25

200

20

150

Spark Current
Spark Duration

15

100
7

9

11

13

15

I primary / A

110

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

65

motorsport@bosch.com

17

High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2[1] ECU collector white[2] ECU Imp yellow

Pin 3[1] Engine GND black[2] ECU GND bluePin 4[1] optional ionic current signal screen cable white[2] Engine GND blackPin 5[1] n.a.
[2] optional ionic current signal screen cable white
Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length

max. 100 cm

Please specify your required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce thelife time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent
operation please use 12 A. This will bring a sparkenergy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil S22 [1]

0 221 B00 115-01

Coil S22-T [2]0 221 B00 116-01

motorsport@bosch.com

111

Single Fire Coil S19
This single fire coil was developed for theuseinFormula1highperformanceengines. It is designed to mount directlyon the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement.
The design of the upper part (wire side)and the lower part (spark plug side) canbe designed per customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 34 mJ

DiameterPrimary current≤ 25 A

WeightOperating temperature range @ outer core0 … 160 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

200 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/μs

Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.27 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU
Integrated power stage

100 g
pluggable / pressed

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

18.5 mmYes
No

Ionic current signal

optional

112

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

24 V

27 V

30 V

12.0 A

0.7

0.390

0.278

0.216

0.176

0.148

0.084

0.077

0.068

16.0 A

1.4

0.613

0.411

0.310

0.250

0.208

0.119

0.107

0.094

20.0 A

0.980

0.586

0.426

0.335

0.276

0.157

0.139

0.122

22.0 A

1.300

0.695

0.491

0.382

0.313

0.175

0.155

0.136

0.910

0.606

0.460

0.371

0.208

0.180

0.157

25.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
1,6
1,4dwell time / ms

1,2
6V
8V
10V
12V

1,0
0,8

14V
16V
24V

0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
11,0

13,0

15,0

17,0

19,0

21,0

23,0

25,0

27,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
12 A

16 A

20 A

22 A

25 A

Spark energy [mJ]

9

15.2

22.8

27.2

34.2

Spark duration [μs]

120

154

186

200

221

Spark current [mA]

150

200

250

275

320

High voltage [kV]

17.5

22.8

27.8

30

33.4

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
400

mJ
kV

30

350
mA

25

300

20

250

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

35

µs

15

200

10

150

5

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

100
11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

113

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU collector white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4
optional ionic current signal screen wire white
Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length

max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

114

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please only use with engine control units with an
integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Single Fire Coil S19

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 B00 113-01

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil S16
Thissingle

fire

coil

was

exclusively

developed for the use in high performanceengines. It is designed to mount directlyon the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 28 mJ

Primary current≤ 25 A

Diameter
Weight w/o wire

Operating temperature range @ outer core0 … 160 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

16 mm
48 g
pluggable / pressed

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

230 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 9 kV/μs

Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current
Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩNoise suppression≤ 25 kV≤ 460 mA
≤ 0.113 ms
inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

31 Mar. 10

optional

motorsport@bosch.com

115

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary
12.0 AU batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

0.62

18 V

20 V

24 V

0.307

0.209

0.158

0.127

0.105

0.09

0.078

0.062

15.0 A

0.469

0.291

0.214

0.169

0.14

0.118

0.103

0.081

18.0 A

0.786

0.401

0.28

0.217

0.177

0.15

0.129

0.101

0.509

0.335

0.256

0.206

0.172

0.148

0.115

25.0 A

0.529

0.369

0.285

0.234

0.199

0.153

30.0 A

1.4

0.548

0.39

0.309

0.258

0.194

20.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)0,90,8dwell time / ms

0,7

6V
8V
10 V

0,6

12 V
14 V
16 V

0,5
0,4

18 V
20 V
24 V

0,3
0,2
0,1
0
10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

24,0

26,0

28,0

30,0

32,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
12 A

15 A

18 A

20 A

25 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

6.1

9.5

13.5

17

26

36

Spark Duration [μs]

59

72

84

92

110

130

Spark Current [mA]

210

270

325

365

460

550

High Voltage [kV]

16.3

20

23.8

25.9

31.2

35

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

40

750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50

mJ

35

kV

30
mA

25
20
15
10
µs

5
10

15

20

25

30

I primary / A

116

motorsport@bosch.com

35

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

30 A

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU collector white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4
optional ionic current signal screen wire white
Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Wire size
Wire length
For spark plugs

AWG 20/22
max. 100 cm
ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please only use with engine control units with an
integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Single Fire Coil S16

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 B00 111-01

117

Single Fire Coil S16-T
This

single

fire

coil

was

exclusively

developed for the use in high performanceengines. It is designed to mount directlyon the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement and an integrated
ignition power stage.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 28 mJ

Primary current≤ 27 A

Diameter
Weight w/o wire

Operating temperature range @ outer core0 … 140 °C

Mounting

Storage temperature range

Characteristic

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

-40 … 100 °C@ 5 … 2,500 Hz

incapable of measurement

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 4 kV/μs

Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current
Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩNoise suppression≤ 22 kV≤ 375 mA
≤ 0.145 ms
inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

Yes

50 g
pluggable / pressed

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400 V)

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

16 mm

Ionic current signal

optional

118

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary [A]U batt [V]
10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

24 V

18.0 A

0.484

0.322

0.245

0.198

0.166

0.143

0.112

20.0 A

0.664

0.394

0.291

0.233

0.192

0.164

0.128

22.0 A

0.488

0.343

0.268

0.220

0.186

0.144

25.0 A

0.747

0.443

0.330

0.265

0.222

0.169

0.546

0.382

0.301

0.246

0.188

0.493

0.363

0.294

0.216

27.0 A
30.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.
The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
0.800
0.700

dwell time / ms

0.600
10V
12V
14V

0.500
0.400

16V
18V
20V

0.300

24V
0.200
0.100
0.000
16.0

18.0

20.0

22.0

24.0

26.0

28.0

30.0

32.0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
18 A

20 A

22 A

25 A

27 A

30 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

13.8

16.9

20.1

25.2

28.8

33.8

Spark Duration [μs]

105

115

123

135

143

151

Spark Current [mA]

250

280

307

347

373

409

High Voltage [kV]

18

19.3

20.3

21.1

21.4

21.9

Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary)
450
mA

35

400
mJ

30

350

25

300
kV

20

250

15

200
µs

10

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

40

150

5

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

100
16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

I primary / A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

119Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU imp yellow

Pin 3

ECU GND blue

Pin 4

ECU GND black

Pin 5
optional ionic current signal screen wire white
Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length

max. 100 cm

For spark plugs

ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please only use with engine control units without
integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Single Fire Coil S16-T

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

120

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 B00 112-01

Injection & Ignition

Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs
The engines of competition vehicles are exposed to high thermal stress because of runningthem at full load most of the time.
Spark plugs for this operating conditions often have precious metal center electrodes(platinum, silver) and a short insulator base. This causes a very small heat absorption anda good heat derivation through the center electrode.
Corresponding to the various field of operations we manufacture over 1400 different typesof spark plugs in production. You can get these standard spark plugs from your local
Bosch-service and most spare parts dealers. The range of products includes versions withvarious seats and threads, thread lengths and electrode positions, the design parts air-gap,
surface-gap and surface-air-gap types. You can choose between versions with one to four
ground electrodes, the center electrode can be made from various materials.
Moreover we offer special versions and small batches which you should not hesitate askingfor.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

121

122

motorsport@bosch.com

Starters & Alternators

Starters & Alternators

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

123

Starters
Starter 1.4 kW
This starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions
Modul

Electrical Data
3,200 g3,600 x 1/min
2/11

Performance

Part Number
Starter 1.4 kW

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration

124

1.4 kW

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Starters & Alternators

Starter 1.7 kWThis starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions

Electrical Data
3,700 g3,600 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Modul

2/11

Performance

1.7 kW

Part Number
Starter 1.7 kW

on request

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration

31 Mar. 10

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

125

Starter 2.0 kW
This starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions

Electrical Data
4,050 g4,700 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Modul

2/11

Performance

Part Number
Starter 2.0 kW

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration

126

2.0 kW

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Starters & Alternators

Alternators
Alternator GCM1
110/130/140 A/140 A Nascar
This alternator is modified for motorsportdemand and splash protected. The stator
windings are handmade; the rotor is extra
fine balanced. The alternators are e.g.
used

in

Nascar.

Clockwiseandanticlockwise versions are possible,
modifications are available on request.

Mechanical Data
Case material
WeightCurrent regulator unit
Max. rotations

Electrical Dataaluminium

Rated current

110/130/140 A

3,400 gSupply voltage

13.5 V

integrated

Cut-in speed

18,000 x 1/min

3,000 x 1/min

Coupling

Diameter

108 mmBattery B+

Length without shaft stub

128 mmControl lamp D+

Distance between mounting points

154 mmInternal D+ resistor

screwsM6
flat-pin connector, see drawing

Application Hint

Conditions for Use

An external cooling can contribute to increase theperformance. It will only be effective if the incoming
air is 30 °Kelvin cooler than the ambient air.
Otherwise, the restriction of the air flow will negate
any cooling benefits. If these conditions are met,
the cooling air should be distributed over the center
axis at the rear of the alternator for optimal cooling.
For the cooling air to be effective we must be surethat we do not encounter any vacuum effects. If
there is a vacuum effect present the use of external
blower fan will be required. Care should be takenthat no excessive external contaminants are
introduced into the cooling air stream. This could
severely short the alternator service life. It would be
prudent to perform comparative measurements on
the alternator to determine the effectiveness of theexternal cooling air.

Temperature range
Vibration

only GCM1 140 A Nascar-30 … 90 °C
high protection

Installation without rubber mounting

Part Numbers
110 A
Anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 606-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 607-03

130 A
Anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 604-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 605-02

140 A
Anticlockwise rotation

F 01E B01 857-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 603-02

140 A Nascar
Clockwise rotation

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 004-05

127Characteristic 110 A
IG (A) at
90 °C

2000

0

2500

13

160

3000

37

140

3500

54

120

4000

65

100

5000

78

6000

88

60

7000

96

40

8000

102

9000

105

10000

108

12000

113

15000

117

18000

120

I in A

Rpm

Regulator MR4 and rectifier

80
IG

20

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

2500

1500

0

speed n in 1/min

Characteristic 130 A

128

Rpm

IG (A) at
90 °C

2000

0

2500

6

160

3000

32

140

3500

51

4000

63

5000

80

6000

90

7000

98

8000

105

9000

111

10000

116

12000

121

15000

127

18000

131

Regulator MR4 and rectifier

120

80
IG

60
40
20

Speed n in 1/min

motorsport@bosch.com

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

2500

0
1500

I [A]

100

Starters & Alternators

Characteristic 140 A /Nascar
Rpm

IG (A) at
90 °C

2000

0

2500

0

160

3000

1

140

3500

25

120

4000

49

5000

83

6000

101

7000

113

8000

122

40

9000

129

20

10000

135

12000

144

15000

151

18000

156

UG
TU

100
80
60

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

0
2500

A / Ug / MD / Tu.

IG
MD
GCM1 14 V 140 A 2 Ohm MR4 regulator stator 5406-1

speed n in 1/min

Design 110/130/140 A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

129

Design 140 A Nascar

130

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

131

Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute

angularposition

of

a

still

standing or rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology todetectthemagnetic

flux

density

distribution of a magnet which is mounted
frontal on the shaft. The absolute angle
position

value

from

the

sensoristransmitted over CAN. The sensor can becalibrated and configured with hard- andsoftware tools.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a contactlessmeasuring principal, a wide temperature
range and a motorsport connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 360 °Fixation

3 x M5Angle reference typeabsolute

SealingO-ringMeasuring principle

Hall-effectWeight w/o wire

39 g

Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Size w/o wire

Storage temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Communication link
Application tool

CAN
EM-C or RaceCon

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5 V) 10 … 17 V

see Dimensions

Characteristic
Signal output

CAN

CAN Baudrate

1 Mbaud

CAN refresh rate

700 HzSignal resolution

0.703152 °Current IS

70 mA

132

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASU 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-05SB-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

CAN+

Pin 4

CAN-

Pin 5

Calibration Pin

SleeveDR-25

Wire size
Wire length

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Accessories
Magnet for APS-C

F 02U 002 465-01

The sensor is designed to measure the absolute
angle of the camshaft e.g. quick start application.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system(1 MBaud).
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
Before the first operation, the sensor has to becalibrated. Please connect the calibration pin to
12 V.
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, thedistance between sensor and the magnet has to beless than 2 mm.
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity
between sensor and magnet has to be as small as
possible (< 0.3 mm).
To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be
programmed by the external CAN module EM-C.
The angle position value can be set to zero via theexternal CAN module EM-C or by using thecalibration pin.
Please note that for a correct functionality of thesensor a magnet with a material remanence of 1.03
Tesla is needed (not included, available on
request).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
APS-C

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 086-01

133

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2, AM 600-3This sensor is designed to measure thephysical effects of lateral acceleration in
two/three

axes

(e.g.

for

analysisofacceleration and deceleration behaviour ofrace cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor
features two/three measuring elements
for acceleration, in two/three integrated
circuits. The sensing element consists of a
micro

machined

sensor

chip

and

an

evaluation ASIC – allowing for highprecision measurement applications.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. vibration[1] x, y ±4.5 g[2] x, y, z ±4.5 g
5000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 … 105 °C

Operating temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

Weight w/o wireSize[1] 24 x 27 x 13.5 mm[2] 24 x 27 x 29.8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque2 NmCharacteristic

Power supply

5V

Sensitivity

Power supply max.

6V

OffsetFull scale output[1] 30 g[2] 50 g

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

440 mV/g
2,500 mV @ 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3 %Non-linearity of sensitivity±2 %Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

134

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

[1] Sigx[2] Sigy

Pin 4[1] Sigy[2] Sigx

Pin 5[1] Scr[2] Sigz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveWire size
Wire length

DR-25

The AM 600 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixedhole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers[1] AM 600-2

B 261 209 311-04[2] AM 600-3

B 261 209 313-02

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

135

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3This sensor is designed to measure thephysical effects of yawing, lateral andlongitudinal

acceleration.

In

order

to

achieve this, the sensor features both ameasuring element for yaw rate and twofor acceleration, with one appropriate
integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonalaxis, a yaw rate, creates a Coriolis force
on the accelerometers, which is detectedby the element. Apart from the measuring
element for yaw rate, a pure surface
micromachined measuring element for
acceleration is utilised to measure thevehicleslateralandlongitudinal

acceleration. This enables a very precise
application.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is its wide measuring range, thestandardized

1

Mbaud/s

CAN-signal

output and the combination of high quality
production part and robust design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application I±160 °/s

Application II±4.1 gOperating temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

Weight w/o wire
Size

65 g
34 x 80 x 84 mm

Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s

Power supply

7 … 18 V

Overrange limit±1,000 °/s

Max input current

130 mA

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

Characteristic Application II

136

Measuring range±4.1 gOverrange limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector

The YRS 3 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

F 02U B00 435-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Pin 5

-

The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing
holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

Bit mask

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

SignedOffset (all signals)
Quantisation Yaw Rate 10x8000 hex
0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantisation Yaw Ang. Acc

0.125 [°/s2/digit]

Quantisation Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantisation Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

0 265 005 838

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70
Byte

0

Value

1
Yaw Rate 1

2

3

4

Reserved

5
Acc Y Axis

6

7

Reserved

UnusedCAN_ID_02 0x80
Byte
Value

0

1

Yaw Angular Acceleration

31 Mar. 10

2

3
Reservedmotorsport@bosch.com

4

5
Acc X Axis

6

7

Reserved

Unused137

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
This sensor is designed to measure theacceleration and the rate of turn in two
axis (yaw rate z, roll rate x, lateral
accelerationay
acceleration az).

andlongitudinal

An internal diagnosis indicates too highvibrations or turning rates.
In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle ofmotorcycles can be calculated.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is its wide measuring range, thestandardized 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output
and the combination of high quality
production part and robust design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application I±163 °/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Weight w/o wire

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Size

Operating temperature range-20 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

96 g
33 x 98 x 91 mm

Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s±1,000 °/s

Power supply

7 … 18 V

Overrange limit

Max input current

200 mA

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Power up time

< 150 ms

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Characteristic Application II
AMP 114-18063-076

Measuring range±4.1 gF 02U B00 240-01

Overrange limit

±10 g

GND

Absolute resolution

0.01 g

Pin 2

CANL

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Mating connector
Pin 1

138

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

CAN Parameters

Application Hint

Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/low-byte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

Important: In order not to exceed the maximum
vibration level, the mount should be damped andnot resonate.

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedFor measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 canbe connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Offset (all signals)
Quantisation Yaw Rate

0x8000 hex
0.005 [°/s/digit]

The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a
MS 5 with motorcycle functionality.

Quantisation Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Quantisation Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantisation Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing
holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005[°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005[°/s/digit]

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x174
Byte

0

Value

1
Yaw Rate

2

3

Yaw_STAT

Reserved

42

3

Roll_STAT

Reserved

5
Acc Y

6

7

AccY_STAT

Unused67

AccX_STAT

UnusedCAN_ID_02 0x178
Byte

0

Value

1
Roll Rate

4

5
Acc X

Bit combination of sensor status

Part Number

Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and AccX_STAT:
xx00 xxxx = signal in specification

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

F 02U V00 657-01

xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
xx10 xxxx = signal failurexx11 xxxx = reserved
x1xx xxxx = initialisation is runningx0xx xxxx = initialisation is ready1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

139

140

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Ride Height Sensor RHS
This sensor is designed to measure thedistance to the ground.
To enable very precise measurement thesensorutilizes
technology.

infraredmeasuring

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a durable,high quality production part design with amilitary spec connector.
Application
Application
Operating temperature range

Mechanical Data
60 … 140 mm-10 … 60 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 … 24 V

Response time

5 ms

Input current< 40 mA

Weight w/o cableSize

75 x 33 x 18 mm

Housingplastic, fibreglass

Protection class

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

USupply

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

IP 67

Characteristic
Signal output
Output current

Connectors and Cables

105 g

0,25 … 4,75 V
500 μA (analog output)

Alarm output

PNP (200 mA)

Resolution

0,5 … 1 mm

Linearity

1 % FSLight source
Max. allowed ambient lightIR< 10.000 lux

Wave length

660 nmApplication Hint

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The RHS can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.

SleeveThe measurable range of the sensor is 60 ... 140
mm.

Cable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Sensor should only be mounted via the integrated
mounting hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Further application hints can be found in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
RHS

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 674

141

142

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
This sensor is designed to measure force
relative to gear shifting in order to control
the engine operation allowing the driver tomaintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an
integrated

amplifiersupplyaforce

dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain thresholdvalue in the ECU, the ignition and injection
can be adjusted automatically according
to the individual ECU application.

Application

sensor is the combination of high quality
production part and robust design withmetal

housingandmotorsport

spec

connection. Furthermore this sensor has adual way functionality.
Mechanical Data

Application-450 … 450 N

Operating Temperature Range

0 … 80 °C

Max. Vibration (stochastic peak level)
800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

12 V

Characteristic

Weight w/o cable

90 g

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M10x1

Tightening Torque22 Nm

Mech. Range programmable up to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles @ 300 N

Signal Output

300 000 cycles

0,5 … 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Voltage [V]

5

450

4,673

4,5

360

4,225

4

270

3,797

3,5

180

3,397

90

2,941

0

2,538

-90

2,141

-180

1,672

-270

1,255

-360

0,820

-450

0,402

Sensor voltage [V]Force [N]31 Mar. 10

The main feature and benefit of this

3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
-600

-400

-200

0

200

400

600

Force [N]motorsport@bosch.com

143

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

The GSS-2 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

144

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 227-01

Sensors

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M
This sensor is specifically designed for theuse with motorcycle applications. The
sensor measures the relative force during
gear shifting directly relaying data to the
ECU in order to gain max power fromrapid up or down shifting.
Anelectronic

circuitcomposedofaprecise strain gauge and an integrated
amplifiersuppliesaforce-dependent

output signal. As soon as this signal
exceeds a certain threshold, the ignition
andinjection

canbeadjusted

automatically according to the individual
ECU application. The carbon fibre housing
achieves

excellentprotection

for

the

electronics and reduces the overall weightof the sensor.
The main features and benefits of thissensor

are

its

small

dimensions,its

minimal weight, its precise temperaturecompensation and its combination of highquality production and robust design witha motorsport spec connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application-1,000 … +1,000 N

Operating temperature range

0 … 80 °C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)
800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

WeightSize

30 g
51 x 36 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M6Tightening torque

22 Nm

Fmax

± 1,000 N

Mech. load limit± 3,000 N

Characteristic
Signal output
Zero output

31 Mar. 10

0.2 … 4.8 V(20 … 70 °C) 2.5 V ±100 mV

motorsport@bosch.com

145Connectors

Application Hint

Connector

ASU 0-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SC-HE

The GSS-M can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 5

Scr

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

146

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 354-01

Sensors

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-PThis

sensor

is

used

for

detectingstructural born vibrations in spark ignitionengines due to uncontrolled combustion.
This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, thesensor moves in correlation to the engine
block vibration; this motion results in acompressive force which is converted intoa voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor
element. As a result, upper and lower
voltage thresholds can be defined directly
correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its
robustmechanicaldesign,compact

housing and precise determination of
structure-related

noise.

The

small

packaging is accomplished by integrating
the connector directly to the sensor.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
1 … 20 kHz

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Operating temperature range-40 … 130 °C

Male thread (for Al)

M8x30

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP 54

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

147

Electrical Data

Connectors and Wires

Range of frequency

1 … 20 kHz

Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Sensitivity @ 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Mating connector

D 261 205 337

Max. sensivity changing(life time)

-17 %

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 … 20 %

Pin 3

Scr

Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 … 50 %Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

Main resonance frequency> 25 kHzPart Number

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Knock Sensor KS-P

Temperature dependenceof sensitivity-0,06 mV/g °C

Capacity field

800 … 1400 pF

Application Hint
The KS-P sensor can be connected to all Bosch
Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass
compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor tothe measurement location, the contact surface must
be clean and properly machined to provide a secure
flush mounting.
The sensor cable is to be routed such that noresonance vibration can occur.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

148

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 231 120

Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-R
This

sensor

is

used

for

detectingstructural born vibrations in spark ignitionengines due to uncontrolled combustion.
This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, thesensor moves in correlation to the engine
block vibration; this motion results in acompressive force which is converted intoa voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor
element. As a result, upper and lower
voltage thresholds can be defined directly
correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its
robustmechanicaldesign,compact

housing and precise determination of
structure-related noise. Connection to thissensorcanbetailoredtocustomerrequirements through specified wire
lengths and various connector options.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
1 … 20 kHz

Male thread (for cast)M8 x 25

Operating temperature range-40 … 130 °C

Male thread (for Al)

M8 x 30

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

149

Electrical Data

Connectors and Wires

Range of frequency

1 … 20 kHz

Connector

A 261 230 076

Sensitivity @ 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

Max. sensivity changing(life time)-17 %Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 … 20 %Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 … 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependenceof sensitivity-0,06 mV/g °C

Capacity field

800 … 1400 pF

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Application Hint

Part Number

The KS-R sensor can be connected to all Bosch
Motorsport ECU featuring knock control.

Knock Sensor KS-R

The sensor must rest directly on the brass
compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor tothe measurement location, the contact surface must
be clean and properly machined to provide a secure
flush mounting.
The sensor cable is to be routed such that noresonance vibration can occur.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

150

50 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 231 047

Sensors

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSM 11
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaust gases in automotive(gasoline or Diesel).

engines

The sensor's exhaust-gas produces a steptype sensor voltage profile in the areaaround λ = 1. Measurements are taken of
the residual oxygen content in the exhaustgas. The active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) isheated from inside by means of ceramic
Wolfram heater so that the temperature of
the sensor ceramic remains above thefunctional limit of 350 °C regardless of theexhaust-gas temperature.
The main benefit of the LSM is the highresolution signal in the area around λ = 1.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

Weight w/o cable

160 g

Gasoline/Diesel

Length86 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating)
250 … 800 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.)

Tightening torqueFuel1.025 … 1.5 λ

930 °C

Wrench size

Hexagon temperature< 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250 °C

Characteristic

Connector temperature< 120 °C

Signal output

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)-40 … 100 °C
800 m/s2

Electrical Data

22 mm
50 … 60 Nm

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05 %

UA
[mV]

Lambda[λ @ 400 °C]

Lambda[λ @ 650 °C]

60

1.030

1.035

Power supply H+ nominal

12 … 14 V

50

1.050

1.055

Heater power steady state

18 W

40

1.090

1.097

30

1.150

1.160

20

1.260

1.270

15

1.380

1.380

13

1.495

1.495

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

151

Connectors and Cables
Connector

Application Hint
1 284 485 110-blackConnector II
Sleeve1 284 485 018
fiber glas / silicon coated

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

250 cmThe LSM 11 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

Other cable lengths are on request.

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is supplied with reference air via theconnecting cables. The connectors must therefore
be clean and dry. The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSM 11152

motorsport@bosch.com

0 258 104 002

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The catalytic effectsurface

at

producesaprofileintheof the electrodesensor's

step-type
the

area

exhaust-gas

sensoraroundvoltageλ=1.

Measurements are taken of the residual
oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The
active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) is heatedfrom inside by means of ceramic Wolfram
heater so that the temperature of thesensor ceramic remains above the 350 °C
function limit irrespective of the exhaustgas

temperature.

The

high

resolution

signal in the area around λ = 1 in
combination with a robust motorsport
connector is the main benefit of the LSM
11-PM.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

160 g

Gasoline/Diesel

Length86 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating)
250 … 800 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (maximum)

Tightening torqueFuel1.025 … 1.5 lambda

930 °CHexagon temperature≤ 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250 °C
Connector temperature
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)≤ 120 °C

22 mm
50 … 60 Nm

Characteristic
Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05-40 … 100 °C

UA
[mV]

Lambda[λ @ 400 °C]

Lambda[λ @ 650°C]

800 m/s2

60

1.030

1.035

50

1.050

1.055

40

1.090

1.097

30

1.150

1.160

20

1.260

1.270

15

1.380

1.380

13

1.495

1.495

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

160 V

Heater power steady state

18 W

31 Mar. 10

Wrench size

motorsport@bosch.com

153Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom
Pin 1

Application Hint
KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN
KPTC 120062-55
Uh+

Pin 2

Uh-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Sig-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Fiber glas / Silicone coated
AWG 2430 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The LSM 11-PM can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is supplied with reference air via theconnecting cables. The connectors must therefore
be clean and dry. The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSM 11-PM

154

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 105-01

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current
sensor

with

integrated

heater.

Itsmonotonic output signal in the range of
λ = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable ofbeing used as an universal sensor for λ = 1
measurement

as

well

as

for

other

Lambda ranges. The connector module
containsatrimming

resistor,

which

defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The LSU operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very
robust design combined with the highBosch production quality standard.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

Weight w/o wire

120 ggasoline/Diesel

Length84 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) 930 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.)

Wrench size

Fuel compatibility

0.65 λ … ∞< 1,030 °C

Hexagon temperature< 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250 °C

Connector temperature< 120 °C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)-40 … 100 °C
1,000 m/s2

Tightening torque

22 mm
40 … 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency> 2 HzNominal resistance of Nernst cell80 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μA

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

155

Characteristic
Signal output

Application Hint
Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

Connectors and Wires

The LSU 4.2 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

Mating connector

D 261 205 138

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (cableupwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must
be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be
applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSU 4.2

156

motorsport@bosch.com

0 258 006 065

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current
sensor

with

integrated

heater.

Itsmonotonic output signal in the range of
λ = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable ofbeing used as a universal sensor for λ = 1
measurement as well as for other λranges. The connector module contains a
trimming

resistor,

which

definesthecharacteristic of the sensor. The LSU
operates only in combination with a
specialLSU-IC,

used

in

most

Bosch

Motorsport ECUs and Lambda control
units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust
design combined with the high Boschproduction quality standard.
Application
Application
Fuel compatibility
Exhaust gas pressure

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 ggasoline/Diesel/E85

0.65 λ … ∞Length84 mm< 4 barThread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

Wrench size
Tightening torque

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

Electrical Data

Hexagon temperature< 600 °C

Cable and protective sleeve
temperature< 250 °C

Connector temperature< 140 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration(stochastic peak level)< 1,000 m/s2

31 Mar. 10

Power supply H+ nominal
System supply voltage

22 mm
40 … 60 Nm

7.5 V
10.8 V ... 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 μA

motorsport@bosch.com

157

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Characteristic[1] 1 928 404 687[2] AS 6-07-35PN[1] D 261 205 356-01[2] AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

32.5 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Application Hint
The LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wireupwards).

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1.016

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

IP

UA [V]

Lambda [λ]-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.

Part Number
LSU 4.9[1] 0 258 017 025

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must
be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.

LSU 4.9[2] B 261 209 358-02

Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be
applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

158

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaust gases in automotive engines. Dueto its protective tube the LSU 4.9D isespeciallydesigned
applications.

forDieselThe wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D isa planar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current
sensor

with

integrated

heater.

Itsmonotonic output signal in the range of
λ = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable ofbeing used as an universal sensor for λ = 1
measurement as well as for other λranges. The connector module contains a
trimming

resistor,

which

definesthecharacteristic of the sensor. The LSU
operates only in combination with a
specialLSU-IC,

used

in

most

Bosch

Motorsport ECUs and Lambda control
units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust
design combined with the high Boschproduction quality standard.
Application
Application
Fuel compatibility
Exhaust gas pressure

Mechanical Data
0.65 λ … ∞Weight w/o wire

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Length84 mm< 4 barThread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

Tightening torque

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

Wrench size

Electrical Data

Hexagon temperature< 600 °C

Cable and protective sleeve
temperature< 250 °C

Connector temperature< 140 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration(stochastic peak level)< 1,000 m/s2

31 Mar. 10

120 gPower supply H+ nominal
System supply voltage

22 mm
40 … 60 Nm

7.5 V
10.8 V ... 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 μA

motorsport@bosch.com

159

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Characteristic
1 928 404 682
09 4421 01

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1.016

1.016 ±0.007
0.80 ±0.01

Pin 1

IP / APE

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

Pin 3

Uh- / H-IP

UA [V]

Lambda [λ]Pin 4

Uh+ / H

-1.243

0.192

0.750

Pin 5

IA / RT-0.927

0.525

0.800

Pin 6

UN / RE-0.800

0.658

0.822

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated-0.652

0.814

0.850

30 … 100 cm-0.405

1.074

0.900

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

Application Hint

0.015

1.515

1.010

The LSU 4.9D can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

1.385

2.958

2.434

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wireupwards).

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Wire length L

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must
be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.

Part Number
LSU 4.9D

Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be
applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com)

160

1.70 ±0.05

motorsport@bosch.com

0 281 004 135

Sensors

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengineslambdasensor(gasoline or Diesel).
The

wide

band

Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2 dual cell
limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in therange of λ = 0.65 to air makes the
LSU capable of being used as an universal
sensor for λ = 1 measurement as well as
for other Lambda ranges. The connector
housing

containsatrimming

resistor,

which defines the characteristic of thesensor.

The

LSU

operates

onlyincombination with a special LSU-IC, used inmost Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda
control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is itsvery compact design in combination withthe high quality Bosch production quality
standard.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.65 … ∞ lambda

Weight w/o Cable

Fuel

Gasoline/Diesel

Length60 mm< 4 barThread

M16x1.5

Exhaust Gas Pressure
Exhaust Gas Temperature Range(operating)< 930 °C

28 g

Wrench Size

17 mm

Tightening Torque

60 Nm

Exhaust Gas Temperature Range (max.) < 1,030 °C
Hexagon Temperature< 1,050 °C

Electrical Data

Cable and Protective Sleeve Temperature < 250 °C

Power Supply H+ Nominal

7.5 V

Connector Temperature

System Supply Voltage H+ (min)10.8 V< 150 °C

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 100 °C

Heater Power steady State

7.5 W

Max. Vibration (stochastic peak level)< 1,000 m/s2

Heater Control Frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal Resistance of Nernst Cell

300 OhmMax. Current Load for Nernst Cell

250 μA

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

161

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Characteristic
1 928 404 682
09 4421 01

Signal Output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1

1.016 ±0.007

IP

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Pin 2

VM

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

Pin 3

UH-

IP

UA [V]

LambdaPin 4

UH+-1.243

0.192

0.750

Pin 5

RT

-0.927

0.525

0.800

Pin 6

UN

-0.800

0.658

0.822

SleeveFiber Glas / Silicone coated-0.652

0.814

0.850

AWG22

-0.405

1.074

0.900

30 … 100 cm-0.183

1.307

0.950

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

0.000

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

Application Hint

0.097

1.602

1.050

The Mini-LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and Lambda Control Units like
LT4.

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

2.000

3.605

5.391

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119

Pin 1

Cable Size
Cable Length L

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.

Part Number
Mini-LSU 4.9

Protect the sensor against condensation water. The
sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be appliedor any other forms of treatment. Use only therecommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

162

1.70 ±0.05

motorsport@bosch.com

B 258 490 103-20

Sensors

Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
The LP 10 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the stabilizer
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact design with a hard metal housing
and low power consumption.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 10 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-20 … 85 °C

Min. length

50 mm

Storage temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

70 g

Application Hint

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %The LP 10 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Non-linearity

1%

Optional mounting modifications are available.

Max. current

1 mA

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.

Connectors and Cables
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

31 Mar. 10

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 10

B 261 209 535-01

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

motorsport@bosch.com

163

164

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 25
The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the gear position,
throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing and low
power consumption.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 25 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Cables

68 g

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Application Hint
The LP 25 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

Comes with a spring return shaft.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 25

B 261 209 547

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 200 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

165

166

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use
throttle control systems.

inelectronic

Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range

Mechanical Data
0 … 25 mm-30 … 100 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Weight w/o cable

60 g

Min. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Application Hint

Resistance tolerance

10 %The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Non-linearity

0.25 %

Application where redundant signals are necessary
to ensure system runs failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

167

Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

LP 25 twin

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

168

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 858

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 50
The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer whichisdesigned

positionoftomeasure

two

point

the

e.g.

relative

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
The operating mode of this sensor isbased on the linear tape potentiometer
principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is
proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application

Connectors and Cables
0 … 50 mm

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Temperature range-40 … 105 °C

Mating connector

Storage temperature range-55 … 125 °C

Pin 1

Us

100 m/s2 @ 10 … 500 Hz

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

27 g

Min. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

IP64
1.5 m/sec

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

15 … 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

The LP 50 can be connected directly to the mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 50

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 133-01

169

170

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use
throttle control systems.

in

It

the

lineartapeprinciple

where

the

works

base

potentiometeronelectronic

distance traveled between the moving end
to the wiper is proportional
resistance between them.

to

the

The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range

Connectors and Cables
0 … 50 mm-30 … 100 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

66 g

Min. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

31 Mar. 10

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

Us 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

Us 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveCable size

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

Connector< 10 m/sec

Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

motorsport@bosch.com

171

Application Hint

Part Number

The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

LP 50 twin

Application where redundant signals are necessary
to ensure system runs failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

172

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 859-01

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 75
The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the gear position,
throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact design with hard metal housing
and low power consumption.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-30 … 100 °C
126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cable

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance

3 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables

223.6 mmMounting

Power supply

Resistance tolerance

78 gMin. length

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The LP 75 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Part Number

Pin 5

-

LP 75

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

B 261 209 856

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

173

174

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
The operating mode of this sensor isbased on the linear tape potentiometer
principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is
proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact
and lightweight design together with its
wider operating temperature range.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-30 … 100 °C
126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cable

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance

3 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25

223.6 mmMounting

Power supply

Resistance tolerance

78 gMin. length

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 75F can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 75FB 261 209 852-01

motorsport@bosch.com

175

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

176

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 100
The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position of two points e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o cable-30 … 100 °C

Min. length

126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12kHz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

74 V

Nominal resistance

4 kΩCharacteristic

Resistance tolerance

10 %Signal output

0.15 %

284.6 mmMounting

Power supply max.

Non-linearity

85 g

IP66
10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 100 can be connected directly with mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

177

Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

LP 100DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

178

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 857-01

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact
and lightweight design together with its
wider operating temperature range.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-30 … 85 °C

Min. lengthMax. vibration

126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Mounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance

4 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Resistance tolerance
Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

85 g
248.6 mm

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 100F can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 100F

B 261 209 853-01

motorsport@bosch.com

179

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

180

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 150
The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application

Connectors and Cables

Application

0 … 150 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

118 g

Min. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

Pin 1

IP65
1 m/sec

15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint
The LP 150 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

LP 150B 261 209 534

motorsport@bosch.com

181

182

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute air pressure, especially the airbox pressureengines.

ofgasolineorDieselAn integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronicsystemsforsignal-amplificationandtemperature-compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
Two

differentpressure

rangesareavailable (0.1 ... 1.15 bar or 0.2 ... 2.5
bar).
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
connector.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
[1] 0.1 … 1.15 bar (a)[2] 0.2 … 2.50 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 bar

Mounting
Fitting
Weight w/o wire
Sealing

Operating temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Media temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Characteristic

Storage temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Response time T10/90

Max. vibration

280 m/s2@ 200 Hz125 m/s2 @ 440 Hz
sine

Max. Power Supply
Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V
Current IS

31 Mar. 10

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Electrical Data
Power Supply US

Compensated range

4.75 … 5.25 V

Sensitivity

16 V
0.3 … 4.8 V

Offset9 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

M6
12.05 mm
17 g
O-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

1 ms
10 … 85 °C[1] ± 0.016 bar[2] ± 0.034 bar[1] ± 1.39 %[2] ± 1.36 %[1] 4,040 mV/bar[2] 1,848 mV/bar[1] -4.8 mV[2] 30.4 mV

183

Tolerance [1]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [1]

Tolerance [2]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2]

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with yourorder.

184

The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSA-B [1]B 261 209 702-01

PSA-B [2]B 261 209 710-01

Adapter for PSA-B

B 261 209 725-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

185

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute air pressure, especially the airbox pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronics
for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. Air pressure is supplied tothe sensor via a tube connector.The
output of the sensor
ratiometric signal.

isananalog,

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of the highquality of the production part and a low
price.
Application
Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Mechanical Data
[1] 0.2 … 1.05 bar (a)[2] 0.2 … 2.50 bar (a)absolute

Mounting
Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o Wire

40 g

5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Characteristic

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Response Time T10/90

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Compensated Range

Max. Vibration

20 m/s2 @ 10 … 1,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4.75 … 5.25 V
16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

186

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Max Power Supply US max.
Current IS

M6

9 mA

Sensitivity
Offsetmotorsport@bosch.com

10 ms
10 … 85 °C[1] ± 0.017 bar[2] ± 0.042 bar[1] ± 1.62 %[2] ± 1.68 %[1] 5,000 mV/bar[2] 1,532 mV/bar[1] -600 mV[2] 724 mV

Sensors

Tolerance [1]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [1]

Tolerance [2]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2]

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

31 Mar. 10

PSA-C [1]

0 261 230 037

PSA-C [2]0 281 002 389

motorsport@bosch.com

187

188

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
This

sensorisdesignedfor

precisemeasurements of absolute air pressure,especially the air box and boost pressureof gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronics
for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of the highquality of the production part and an
individual

calibration.

Eachsensorisdelivered with a calibration sheet toenablevery
tolerances.

smallmeasurement

Application
Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Mechanical Data
0.1 … 2.0 bar (a)absolute
5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

280 m/s2 @ 200 Hz
125 m/s2 @ 440 Hz
sine

4.75 … 5.25 V

Max Power Supply US max

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

Current IS

31 Mar. 10

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

Weight w/o Wire
Sealing

17 g
O-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated Range

10 … 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.028 bar

Tolerance (FS)Electrical Data
Power Supply US

Mounting± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

2236 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet will bedelivered)

Offset

176 mV(an individual calibration sheet will bedelivered)

9 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

189

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveWire Size
Wire Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (tau = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, anindividual calibration data sheet is delivered witheach sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
PSB-2

190

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 337

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute air pressure, especially the air
box and boost pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element, electronics for
signal-amplificationandtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of the highquality of the production part and an
individual

calibration.

Eachsensorisdelivered with a calibration sheet toenable

very

small

measurement

tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has avery short response time.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.5 … 4 bar (a)Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure

6 barOperating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

20 m/s2 @ 10 … 1,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4.5 … 5.5 V

Max Power Supply US max.

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

Current IS

31 Mar. 10

9 mA

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o Cable

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated Range

0 … 80 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1142 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)motorsport@bosch.com

191

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)0.5
1010.7
86

120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120

3.6
86

4
101

3
2.5
FactorTolerance [mbar]

Tolerance

2-40
2.5 -30

1.5

2

125
2

1

10
1

0.5

0

0.7
0.5-86
-101

0.5

3.6
-86

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4
-101

4

0
-60 -40 -20

4.5

0

20

40

60

80 100 120 140

Temperature T [°C]

Absolute pressure pabs [bar]Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

110
1

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has nofunction.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, anindividual calibration sheet is delivered with eachsensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
PSB-4

192

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 348-01

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Air PSP
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute air-pressure, especially the airboxpressureofgasolineorDieselengines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and an electronic
for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.2 … 3 bar (a)Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure

5 barOperating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

0.19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz
250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4.5 … 5.5 V
16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

31 Mar. 10

Fitting
Weight w/o Wire
Sealing

M612.05 mm
17 g
O-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated Range

10 … 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)Max Power Supply US max
Current IS

Mounting

Sensitivity
Offset± 1.4 %
1,518 mV/bar
96 mV

9 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

193

120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)
3

0.2
72

0.5
62

2.5
62

3
72

2.5
FactorTolerance [mbar]

Tolerance

2-40
2.5 -30

1.5

2

1
0.2
-72

0

0.5
-62

2.5
-62

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

10
1

0.5
3
-72

3

-60 -40 -20

3.5

0

20

40

60

80 100 120 140

Temperature T [°C]

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

85
1

0

Absolute pressure pabs [bar]15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
PSP

194

125
2

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 690-01

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Air PST
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute air pressure and air temperature,especially the air box pressure of gasoline
or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element, electronics for
signal-amplificationandtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor isananalog,ratiometricresistance ismeasurements.

usedsignal.
for

A

NTC

temperature

The main feature of this sensor is theintegration of two functions (air pressure
and air temperature) in one housing. A
further benefit of the PST is the highquality of the production part at a low
price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application 1

0.1 … 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 … 125 °C

Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

absolute
5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

31 Mar. 10

0.19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz
250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz
sine

Mounting
Fitting
Weight w/o Wire
Sealing

M6
18 mm
30 g
O-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4.5 … 5.5 V

Max Power Supply US max.

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

Current IS

motorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

195

Characteristic Application 1

Characteristic Application 2

Response Time T10/90

0.2 msT [°C]R [Ohm]Compensated Range

10 … 85 °C-40

45,313Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.016 bar-30

26,114± 1.39 %-20

15,462

4,047 mV/bar

-10

9,397

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset-4.76 mV

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

25

2,057

30

1,707

30.00040

1,175

20.00050

834

10.000

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance [Ohm]50.00040.000

0
-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Resistance @ 20 °C
Tolerance
Response Time Շ 63

Tolerance

196

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)motorsport@bosch.com

2.5 kOhm
5%
45 s @ air ; v = 6 m/s

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pullup at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Absolute Pressure Sensor PST

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 230 022

197

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of non-corrosive, nonionic working gases e.g. dry air.
The sensor has two pressure connections
for differential pressure measurements. A
typical application is the measurement of
air speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal housing and motorsport connector.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
0 … 0.1 bar (r)Mounting

M3x2

Pressure Reference Typerelative

FittingMax. Pressure

1,4 barInstallation Torque2 Nm-20 … 70 °C

Weight w/o Wire

58 g

Media Temp. Range-20 … 70 °C

Size

Storage Temp. Range-40 ... 85 °C

Pressure Port

Operating Temp. Range

Max. Vibration

200 m/s2, 10 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

37(49) x 29(41) x 19 mm
5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

4.8 ... 15 V

Max. Power Supply US max.

15 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.5 … 4.5 V

Current IS

4.5 mm

12 mA

0.1 msCompensated Range

0 … 50 °C

Thermal Effects @ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C
0.1 % FS/°C
Non-Linearity and Hysteresis

0.1 % FSLong Term Stability (1 Mio cyl. or 1 year)± 0.2 % FS
Sensitivity
Offset198

motorsport@bosch.com

40,000 mV/bar
500 mVSensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases,
such as dry air and dry gases.
The DP-A can be connected directly to most control
units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
For a correct functionality be sure that the range ofsupplied pressure P2 >= P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT

B 261 209 700-01

Part Numbers
DP-A

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 696

199

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of non-corrosive, nonionic working gases e.g. dry air.
The sensor has two pressure connections
for differential pressure measurements. A
typical application is the measurement of
air speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal housing and motorsport connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 0.1 bar (r)Mounting

2 x M2.5
2.6 mmPressure Reference Typerelative

FittingMax. Pressure p_absmax

1.4 barInstallation Torque2 Nm-20 … 70 °C

Weight w/o Wire

24 g

Media Temperature Range-20 … 70 °C

Size

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 85 °C

Pressure Port

Operating Temperature Range

Max. Vibration

200 m/s2, 10 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US
Max Power Supply US max.
Full Scale Output UA
Current IS

15 V
0.5 … 4.5 V
12 mA

Compensated Range
Thermal Effects@ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C
Non-Linearity and Hysteresis
Long Term Stability(1 Mio cyl or 1 year)
Sensitivity
Offset200

5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

4.8 … 15 V

35 x 25(40) x 18 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

0.1 ms
0 … 50 °C
0.1 % FS/°C
0.1 % FS
± 0.2 % FS
40 mV/mbar
500 mVSensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveWire Size
Wire Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases,
such as dry air and dry gases.
The DP-A can be connected directly to most control
units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
For a correct functionality be sure that the range ofsupplied pressure P2 >= P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT

B 261 209 700-01

Part Number
DP-C

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 701-01

201

Pitot Static Tube PT
The pitot tube PT is designed to measurethevehiclespeed

relativetothesurrounding air. Its main application is the
aerodynamic car setup.
The pitot static tube consists basically of
two concentric tubes. The ellipsoidal nose
form has a single forward facing hole forsensing total pressure and a ring of side
holes for sensing the static pressure.
Measuringthedifference

of

both

pressures (see Bosch different pressure
sensor), the velocity related to the air canbe calculated.

Mechanical Data

Part Number

Weight50 g

Height

150 mmPitot Static Tube PT

202

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 700

Sensors

Application Hint
The standard formula for calculating the velocity from velocity pressure is:V  1.291 * Pv
This is only valid for an air density of 1.2 kg/m³. For all other conditions, more complex equations have to beused.
V = velocity [m/s]Pv = velocity pressure Pa [mbar] (Signal output of the differential pressure sensor)
The expression

100,000
is a correction for the static pressure in the duct and can be ignored, if Ps is100,000  Ps

less than 2,500 Pa.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Principle of Operation

P2

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

P1

203

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute pressure of various kinds of
media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique. These arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureawithports.

complete

This
media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.5 … 11 bar (a)Male Thread

M10x1

absolute

Wrench Size

17 mm

20 bar

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Weight w/o Cable

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Sealing

Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. Vibration

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply US max± 30 V

Full Scale Output UA[1] 10 … 90 % Us ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric
Current IS

Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity

8 mA
Offset204

45 g
O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 100 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

13 … 95 cm

The PSS-10 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

31 Mar. 10

PSS-10 [1]B 261 209 341-01

PSS-10 [2]B 261 209 064-01

motorsport@bosch.com

205

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
This sensor is designed to measure thepressure of media in relation to theambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil, air).
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guaranteees
compatibility.

togetherpressureaports.

complete

with
This
media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 10 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

20 bar

Installation torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range
Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply Us max

Current IS± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric
8 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset206

O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data

Full Scale Output UA

45 g

Sealing[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

Weight w/o wire

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 … 95 cm

The PSS-10R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

Part Numbers

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

PSS-10R [1]

F 01T A21 312-01

PSS-10R [2]

F 01T A21 307

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

207

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
This sensor is designed to measure thepressure of media in relation to theambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air).
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureaports.

complete

with
This
media

The main feature of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

200 barInstallation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range
Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max Power Supply
Full Scale Output UA
Current IS

Characteristic[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V
± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric[1] 8 mA
[2] 10 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset208

45 g
O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

Sealing[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

Weight w/o wire

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 40 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 40 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 … 95 cm

The PSS-100R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Part Numbers

31 Mar. 10

PSS-100R [1]

B 261 209 347-01

PSS-100R [2]

F 01T A21 310

motorsport@bosch.com

209

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
This sensor is designed to measure thepressure of media in relation to theambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air).
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureaports.

complete

with
This
media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 250 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

500 barInstallation torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range

Weight w/o Cable[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. Vibration

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Sealing

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity

Electrical Data
Power Supply US[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 ... 30 V

Max Power Supply Us max

Offset± 30 V

Full Scale Output UA[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric
Current IS

210

45 g
O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

8 mA

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 16 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 … 95 cm

The PSS-250R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

Part Number

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

PSS-250R [1]

B 261 209 965-01

PSS-250R [2]B 261 209 067-01

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

211

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute pressure of various kinds of
media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage
ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureawithports.

complete

This
media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

0.5 … 11 bar (a)Male Thread

M10x1

absolute

Wrench Size

17 mm

Installation Torque

15 Nm
45 g

20 barOperating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Weight w/o WireMedia Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Sealing

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. Vibration

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US
Max Power Supply
Full Scale Output UA

Current IS

Characteristic[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V
± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric
8 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset212

O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

0.1 bar±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 100 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1[2] US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

[1] US

Pin 5-

SleeveWire Size
Wire Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
13 … 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

The PSC-10 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSC-10 [1]

F 01T A21 304-01

PSC-10 [2]B 261 209 079-01

motorsport@bosch.com

213

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
This sensor is designed to measure thepressure of media in relation to theambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air).
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureaports.

complete

with
This
media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 10 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

20 bar

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 ... 125 °C

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm[2] -40 ... 125 °C
Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. Vibration

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4.75 … 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply US max.
Full Scale Output UA

Current IS± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric
8 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset214

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1[2] US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

[1] US

Pin 5-

SleeveWire Size
Wire Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
13 … 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

The PSC-10R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSC-10R [1]

F 01T A21 303

PSC-10R [2]

F 01T A21 305-01

motorsport@bosch.com

215

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
This sensor is designed to measure thepressure of media in relation to theambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air).
The sensor is available for two different
supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring
cells

with

piezo-resistive

measuringbridges in thin layer technique, which arehermeticallystainlessweldedsteel

guarantees
compatibility.

togetherpressureaports.

complete

with
This
media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 250 bar (r)Male thread

M10x1

Pressure reference typerelative

Wrench size

17 mmMax. pressure

500 barInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

Operating temp. range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Media temp. range[1] -40 ... 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage temp. range-20 … 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility
Max. vibration[1] 4.75 ... 5.25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max power supply US max

Current IS

216

Response time T10/90
Compensated range
Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V

Power supply US

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometricO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Characteristic-

100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data

Full scale output UA

Sealing

Offset8 mA

motorsport@bosch.com[1] 1.5 ms[2] 1.0 ms
0 … 90 °C[1] ± 0.1 bar[2] ± 2.5 bar±1%[1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 16 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveWire size
Wire length L

DR-25
AWG 24
13 … 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

The PSC-250R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSC-250R[1] F 02U V00 430-01

PSC-250R[2] F 01T A21 306-01

motorsport@bosch.com

217

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
Thissensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute pressure of various kinds of
media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage
ranges.
The

sensorutilises

a

flush

metal

diaphragm as a force collector. The force
is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive

sensing

element

intervening

film

of

silicone oil.
hermetically.

The

housing

via

a

thin

noncompressibleisweldedAn individual calibration sheet will bedelivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is
vibrations.

a

good

protection

againstApplication
Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Mechanical Data
[1] 0 … 12 bar (a)[2] 0 … 250 bar (a)absolute[1] 24 bar[2] 500 bar

Male Thread

M10x1

Wrench Size

16 mm

Installation Torque

10 Nm

Weight w/o Wire

24.5 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Operating Temp. Range-20 … 120 °C

Media Temp. Range-20 ... 120 °C

Electrical Data

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Power Supply US

8 … 16 V

Full Scale Output UA 4.9 V± 1.5 %

Current IS

25 mA

Bio fuel compatibility
Max. Vibration

218

E85/M100
1,000 m/s2 max @5 … 5,000 Hz (sine)

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic

Application Hint

Compensated Range

0 … 120 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity/Offset[1] ± 0.12 bar[2] ± 2.50 bar±1%(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

The PSM can be connected directly to most control
units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Part Numbers

Pin 1

US

PSM [1]

B 261 209 331

Pin 2

GND

PSM [2]B 261 209 332-01

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

motorsport@bosch.com

219

Pin 5

SCR

SleeveViton

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute pressure of various kinds of
media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air.
The

sensorutilises

a

flush

metal

diaphragm as a force collector. The force
is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive

sensing

element

intervening

film

of

siliconeThe

housing

oil.

via

a

thin

noncompressibleisweldedhermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will bedelivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is
vibrations.

a

good

protection

againstApplication
Application

Mechanical Data
[1] 0 … 12 bar (a)[2] 0 … 70 bar (a)Male Thread

M8x1

Wrench Size

13 mm

Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Installation TorqueMax. Pressure pabs max[1] 36 bar[2] 210 bar

Weight w/o Cable
Sealing

Operating Temp. Range-55 … 140 °C

Media Temp. Range-55 … 140 °C

Electrical Data

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Power Supply US

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. Vibration

220

Full Scale Output UA

15,000 m/s2 max @5 … 10,000 Hz (sine)

motorsport@bosch.com

6 Nm
20 g
O-ring 6.07 x 1.62 mm

8 … 16 V
4.7 V ± 1.5 %Sensors

Characteristic

Connectors and Wires

Compensated Range

0 … 125 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V[1] ± 0.24 bar[2] ± 0.7 bar

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

[1] ± 2 %[2] ± 1 %

Pin 2

GND

(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

Application Hint

SleeveViton

The PSM-S can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Wire Size

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity/Offset

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Wire Length L

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

100 % relative humidity is possible.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

31 Mar. 10

PSM-S [1]F 01T A21 315-01

PSM-S [2]F 01T A21 316-01

motorsport@bosch.com

221

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasureabsolute pressure and temperature ofvarious kinds of fluids e.g.
gasoline, oil or transmission oil.

Diesel,The PST-F is equipped with a piezoresistive

pressure

sensorelement

integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active
surface of this chip is exposed to areferencevacuum.

The

temperature

sensor element is a NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is theintegration

of

two

functions(fluidpressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application 1

0.5 … 6 bar (a)Application 2-40 … 125 °C

Referenceabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 … 125 °C

Storage temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Biofuel compatibility
Max. vibration

Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

Wrench size
Installation torque
Sealing

E22, M15
40 m/s2 @ 1 … 250 Hz
60 m/s2 @ 250 … 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 @ 260 … 3,200 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US
Max power supply US max
Full scale output P
Current IS

222

4.75 … 5.25 V
16 V
0.5 … 4.5 V
9 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

10 mm
11.5 NmO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Sensors

Characteristic Application 1

Characteristic Application 2

Response time T10/90

1 ms

T [°C]R [Ω]Output load

10 kΩ

-40

45,303727 mV/bar-30

26,108500 mV-20

15,458-10

9,395

Sensitivity
OffsetResistance [Ohm]

50000
40000
30000

0

5,671

10

3,791

20

2,499

30

1,706

20000

40

1,174

10000

50

834

60

595

70

436

80

322

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

0
-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Response Time Շ 63

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

250

2

150
0.5
120

50

5
82

2
82

6
120

-50
-150

2
-82

0.5
-120

5
-82

1.5
-40
1.5

FactorTolerance [mbar]

45 s in air ; v = 6 m/s

125
1.5

1

-250

100
1

0
1

6
-120

0.5

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

-60 -40 -20

Absolute pressure pabs [bar]

31 Mar. 10

0

20

40

60

80 100 120 140

Temperature T [°C]

motorsport@bosch.com

223

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact
D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at
5 V is recommended.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PST-F

224

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 230 147

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensors are fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the
combination of high accuracy, very robust
aluminium housing and motorsport spec
connection.
Application
Application

Operating temperature range

Mechanical Data
[1] 0 … 50°[2] 0 … 130°[3] 0 … 350°
-55 … 125 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Current IS
Max. allowable contact current

31 Mar. 10[1] 3 kΩ[2] 4 kΩ[3] 8 kΩWeight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housingaluminium alloy

Characteristic
Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

1 μA
[1|3] 1 mA
[2] 10 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

225

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector[1|3] ASL 6-06-05PA-HE[2] KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.

Mating connector[1|3] ASL 0-06-05SA-HE[2] KPTA 1E6-4S-C-DN

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1 (A)Us

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

16 … 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

226

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
RP 50-M [1]B 261 209 571-01

RP 130-M [2]B 261 209 576

RP 350-M [3]B 261 209 577-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
This sensor is designed to measurerotational movement, e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper)on a resistive element which is suppliedwith voltage. Thus a voltage proportional
to the angle can be measured. The
housing

is

made

of

shock

resistantaluminium. The internals are made of hightemperature resistant synthetic material.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
special way of mounting with a quill shaft.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 55°Weight w/o cable

59 g

Operating temperature range-25 … 75 °C

Protection class

IP63

Storage temperature range-25 … 105 °C

Mounting

di 6 mm

Lifetime

5 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 @ 30 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Characteristic

Total resistance

5 kΩ

Temp. coefficient

1 μA

Direction of rotation

Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Connectors and Cables

50 ppm/°K
Anti-Clockwise

Redundancy

No

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
are available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

RP 55

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 578-01

227

228

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle orspring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

tovoltage.
the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and extremely short dimensions.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

Weight w/o cable

26 g

95°

Mounting

2 x M4-40 … 130 °C

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

700 m/s2

Housingsynthetic material

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power supply Us

5V

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Max. power supply

42 V

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Total resistance
Current Is

2 kΩ ±20 %18 μA

Connectors and Cables

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Compact

Connector loom

D 261 205 334

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Various cable options are available on request.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø
14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

229

Part Number
RP 86

230

0 280 122 016

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high accuracy andmotorsports spec connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application[1] 0 … 100°[2] 0 … 130°[3] 0 … 308°

Operating temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 150 °C

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance
Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

31 Mar. 10[1|2] 3 kΩ ±20 %[3] 5 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Weight w/o cable

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic material

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

motorsport@bosch.com

No

231

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number232

RP 100 [1]B 261 209 127-01

RP 130 [2]B 261 209 128-02

RP 308 [3]B 261 209 570-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twinThissensorisdesignedrotational
movement,
position or throttle angle.

tomeasuree.g.

gearbox

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is theextremely high reliability
redundant sensor design.

throughtheApplication

Mechanical Data

Application
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100°

Weight w/o wire

32 g

-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

IP65

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US
Maximal power supply
Total resistance
Current IS
Max. allowable contact current

5V
42 V
3 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic material

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

Yes

233

5.5
5.0

SIG1

4.5
4.0

Voltage [V]

3.5
3.0

SIG2

2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95

100

Angle [°]

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 … 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested wire length with yourorder.

234

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
RP 100 twin

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 591-02

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

235

Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle orspring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination

of

high

accuracy,

motorsports spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminium housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100°

Weight w/o cable

Operating temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Mounting

2 x M4200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Max. vibration

Electrical Data

32 g
IP65

Power supply Us

5V

Characteristic

Maximal power supply

42 V

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Total resistance
Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

3 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Direction of rotation
Redundancy

236

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

motorsport@bosch.com

NoSensors

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

Mini-RP 100-M

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 587-01

237

Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing is made of shock
resistant aluminium. The internal is madeof high temperature resistant synthetic
material. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high accuracy andvery though aluminium housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 345°

Weight w/o cable

32 g-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

IP65

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance
Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

5 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

238

motorsport@bosch.com

NoSensors

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

RP 345-M

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A21 400

239

Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic
rotary sensor with Hall elements anddigitalsignalprocessing.

The

angularposition is provided by a two pole magnet
integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effectsensor is disposed between two magnets
in association with a movable speciallyformed ferromagnetic part. This is used tocontrol flux in the sensor in order toproduce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its
contactless Hall effect technology and its
robust design for motorsport applications.
Other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 360°

Weight w/o wire

< 35 gOperating temperature range-40 … 140 °C (5 V supply)

Protection class

IP68

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-55 … 140 °C

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V regulated
9 V … 30 V unregulated

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range
Output load

240

Mounting
Lifetime
Housing

2 x M420 x 106

operations of ±75°
synthetic material

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient < 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode
< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V … 30 V supply mode
Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

0.5 … 4.5 V
10 kΩ

motorsport@bosch.com

NoSensors

5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5

Voltage [V]

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
-210

-180

-150

-120

-90

-60

-30

0

30

60

90

120

150

180

210

Angle of rotation [°]Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

16 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effecttechnology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft
and wire exit are aligned as shown in the offer
drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated
supply: -40 ... +137 °C (9 V supply). Derate upper
temperature limit by 0.57 °C for every 1 V increasein supply, e.g. -40 ... +125 °C @ 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement
ranges are available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

RP 360-H

F 02U V00 641-01

motorsport@bosch.com

241

242

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Speed Sensors
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part

and

robust,hightemperature

resistance. Additionally the installation
depth can be changed according to thecustomer request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)

Weight w/o wire
Installation depth L2

30 g
32.2 mm-40 … 230 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 Ω

Inductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

31 Mar. 10

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

243Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IA is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed
individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IA

B 261 209 519-01

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
90
80

8
6

70

4
2

Ua / Volt

60

0
100

200

300

400

500

50

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

40
30
20
10
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

244

motorsport@bosch.com

9000

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

245

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve withvarious connector options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and robust, compact design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

18 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)-40 … 130 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

40 g

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %

246

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire
-40 … 100 °C

Electrical Data

Output voltage max.

Tightening torque

200 VP-P

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

0 261 210 136

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
250
15
12,5

200

10
7,5
5

Ua / Volt

2,5
0
100

150

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

100
50
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

247

248

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part

and

robust,hightemperature

resistance. Additionally the installation
depth can be changed according to thecustomer request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)

Weight w/o wire
-40 … 230 °C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Tightening torqueInstallation depth L2

8 Nm
30 g
32.2 mm0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Electrical Data

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmCoil resistance

1,200 Ω

Width of teeth b1

4.1 mmInductance max.

400 mH

Width of gap b2

4.3 mm

190 V P-P

Depth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Output voltage max.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

249

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IS is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed
individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS

B 261 209 517-01

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
90
80

8
6

70

4
2

Ua / Volt

60

0
100

200

300

400

500

50

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

40
30
20
10
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

250

motorsport@bosch.com

9000

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

251Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of revolutions and angles atengine and chassis applications.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve withvarious connectors options and different
installation depths.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

speed

Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG≤ 15 kHz0.5 ± 0.25 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Magnetic poleround, 2.36 mm

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm-40 … 225 °C

Thickness t> 5 mm-40 … 100 °C

Width of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mm

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Electrical Data
Coil resistance390 ΩInductance max.

75 mH

Depth of theeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of theeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

Output voltage max.

55 V P-P

252

motorsport@bosch.com

60-2

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 4

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

The inductive speed sensor IS-M is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
f a wheel with different dimension has to be used(see Environment), the technical function has to betested individually.
The installation depth can be changed individuallyaccording the customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M

F 02U V00 693-01

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
20
2

18

1,5
1

16

0,5

Ua / Volt

14

0
100

200

300

400

500

12

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

10
8
6
4
2
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

253

254

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part with very compact design, and hightemperature resistance.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.9 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)-40 … 230 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mm0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Electrical Data
Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

31 Mar. 10

Tightening torque160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

255

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length

max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 malethread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

B 261 209 609

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
25
2,5
2

20

1,5
1

Ua / Volt

0,5
0
100

15

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

10
5
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

256

motorsport@bosch.com

9000

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

257

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed of aturbo charger.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The

main

benefitof

thissensorisrobustness, a very compact design andhigh temperature resistance.
Application

Electrical Data

Application

speed

Coil resistance

30 

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 mmInductance max.

2.6 mH

Operating temp. range (sensing head)-40 … 230 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of theeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of theeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

258

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Application Hint

Part NumberThis inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo
charger.

Speed Sensor IS-T

B 261 209 662-01

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Ua = f (rpm)
1,4
0,1

1,2

0,08
0,06
0,04

Ua / Volt

1

0,02
0
100

200

300

400

500

0,8
10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm

0,6
0,4
0,2
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

259

260

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-M, themagnetic field is modulated at the placeof the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element

withintegrated

signalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal. We
offer this sensor with two different typesof output: Active high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal

housingandmotorsport

connectors.
Application

Electrical Data

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 … 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 … 160 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

[1] Active low[2|3] Active highExternal magnetic fields
Max. vibration< 1 mT

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire
Mounting
Bore diameter

12 g
1 x M611.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Power supply
Current IS

5 … 18 V
5 … 18 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector[1|2] ASU 6-03-03PN-HE[3] without connector

Mating connector[1|2] ASU 0-03-03SN-HE
[3] -

Pin 1

[1|2] US
[3] US red

Pin 2[1|2] Gnd[3] Gnd blackPin 3[1|2] Sig
[3] Sig green

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

261

Characteristic

Application Hint

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)The HA-M can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

Signal output

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

0.52 V … < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

262

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
Speed sensor HA-M

[1] B 261 209 283-01

Speed sensor HA-M

[2] B 261 209 295-01

Speed sensor HA-M

[3] F 02U V00 627-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-P, themagnetic field is modulated at the placeof the Hall probe. A hall-effect sensor
element

withintegrated

signalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal housing.
Application
Application
Max. frequency

Electrical Data
speed
≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 … 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Output typeactive low

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩMax. vibration

1,000 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire
Mounting

70 gwith screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Power supply
Current IS

4.5 … 24 V
10 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmCharacteristic

Width of sync. gap b3

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 2 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth60-2

Signal output

31 Mar. 10

20.79 mm

0.4 V … < US

motorsport@bosch.com

263

Application Hint

Part Numbers

The HA-P can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.

Speed sensor HA-P

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

264

motorsport@bosch.com

0 232 103 037

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-PThis sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the Mini-HA-P, themagnetic field is modulated at the place of
the

Hall

probe.

element

withA

Hall-effectintegrated

sensorsignalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design with avery small housing.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

speed

Max. frequency

0.2 … 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mT

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire
Mounting
Bore diameter[1] ASL 6-06-05PC-HE[2] 1 234 482 092

Mating connector[1] ASL 0-06-05SC-HE[2] F 02U B00 520-01≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

Max. vibration

Connector

19.2 gwith screw 1 x M6
11.5 mm

Pin 1[1] US[2] GndPin 2[1] Gnd[2] Sig

Pin 3[1] Sig[2] US

Pin 4

[1] -

Pin 5

[1] -

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.

Installation depth L2

9 mm

SleeveTightening torque

8 Nm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

HT cable ø 5.2 mm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

0.4 V … < US

Electrical Data
Power supply
Current Is
31 Mar. 10

5 … 18 V
10 mA
motorsport@bosch.com

265

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Application Hint

Thickness t

12.5 mm

The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmPlease avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Width of gap b2

4.7 mm

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

20.79 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

266

Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [1]

F 02U V00 564-01

Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [2]

F 02U V00 566-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

267

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the Mini-HA-P
sealed, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal
conditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design with avery small housing.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

speed

Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap

0.2 … 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput typeactive low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire
Mounting

Connector[1] ASL 6-06-05PC-HE[2] without connector

Mating connector[1] ASL 0-06-05SC-HE[2] -≤ 10 kHz

Pin 1[1] US[2] US red

Pin 2[1] Gnd[2] Sig green

Pin 3[1] Sig[2] Gnd black

Pin 4

[1] -

19.2 g

Pin 5

[1] -

with screw 1 x M6

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Bore diameter

16 mmWire size

AWG 20Installation depth L2

12 mm

Wire length L< 27 cmTightening torque

8 Nm

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

0.4 V … < US

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 … 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

268

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Application Hint

Thickness t

12.5 mm

The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly tomost control units and data logging systems.

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmPlease avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Width of gap b2

4.7 mm

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

20.79 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

Mini-HA-P sealed [1]

F 02U V00 500-01

Mini-HA-P sealed [2]

F 02U V00 570-01

motorsport@bosch.com

269

270

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-D, themagnetic field is modulated at the place ofthe Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is a very good detection of thefallingedge,

measuringdue

method.

toadifferentialThis

sensorisacombination of a high quality production
part and robust design with a small
housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Weight w/o wire
Mounting

12 gwith screw 1 x M6

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 … 1.0 mm

Bore diameter

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque6 Nm

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active highExternal magnetic fields
Max. vibration≤ 50 mT

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

11.8 mmElectrical Data
Power supply
Current IS

5 … 18 V
20 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

0.52 V… < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmSleeveDR-25

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmWire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

31 Mar. 10

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

271

Application Hint

Part Number

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems

Speed Sensor HA-D 90

Please specify the angle between the mounting andthe target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

272

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 334-01

Sensors

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasuretemperatures up to 300 °C of oil, water,fuel or air. This signal is used as a control
value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. To improve a good protection
against the ambient temperature, thehousing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very
compact design
response time.

and

its

very

short

Application
Application
Storage temperature range
Bio fuel compatibility

Mechanical Data
-55 … 300 °C

Male thread

M5x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6g-

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal resistance

31 Mar. 10

NTC
10 kΩ

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C

1%

Response time Շ 63

<4s

motorsport@bosch.com

273

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

1.000.000-55

519,910100.000-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

140

368.8

Wire size

160

244.4

Wire length L

180

167.6

200

118.5

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

220

86.08

240

64.08

260

48.76

280

37.86

The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistance(typically 1 or 3 kOhm)

300

29.94

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

10.000
1.000
100
10
-60

-30

0

30

60

90

120

150

180

210

240

270

300

Temperature [°C]

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Application Hint

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS F 02U V00 510-01

274

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The sensing element is alacquer-coated thermistor disk which isconnected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a
AWG 24 wire. To improve the response
time, the element is molded into a highperformance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and a robust and compact design.
Application
Application
Storage Temperature Range
Bio fuel compatibiliy
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-55 … 125 °C

Male Thread

M6x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

10 mm

-

Installation Torque3 Nm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

Weight w/o Cable

8.5 g

Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Characteristic

Max. Power @ 25 °C

200 mW

Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.1 °C

Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C

15 kOhm

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 4.4 °C

31 Mar. 10

Relative Resistance Tolerance @ 25 °C±5%Response Time Շ 63 in still water<9s

motorsport@bosch.com

275Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

10.000.000-55

1,493,300

1.000.000-35366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317

049,254

10

29,95920

18,73225

15,00030

12,012

40

7,894

50

5,356

60

3,651

70

2,545

80

1,804

90

1,301

100

945

110

704

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

120

528

Wire Size

125

460

Wire Length L

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

100.000
10.000
1.000
100
-75

-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Application Hint

Please specify the requested wire length with yourorder.

The NTC M6 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

Part Number

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Temperature Sensor NTC M6

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

276

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 386-01

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The sensing element is alacquer-coated thermistor disk which isconnected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a
AWG 24 wire. To improve the response
time, the element is molded into a highperformance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.

Itisespeciallydesignedtomeasure high temperatures (up to 300°C).
Application
Application
Storage temperature range
Bio fuel compatibility
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
-25 … 300 °C

Male thread

M6x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench size

10 mm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic

Installation torque

NTC

O-Ring 4.47 mm x 1.78 mm

Characteristic

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.84 °C

Nominal resistance @ 25 °C

49.12 kΩAccuracy @ 100 °C± 1.5 °C

31 Mar. 10

Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C

8%Response time Շ 63 in still water<7s

motorsport@bosch.com

277

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

10.000.000-25657,350

1.000.000-15

365,0400

162,210

10

98,322

25

49,120100

40

26,06510

60

12,140Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

100.000
10.0001.000-50 -2525

50

75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325

Temperature [°C]

80

6,119

100

3,300

Connectors and Wire

120

1,885

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

140

1,132

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

160

710

Pin 1

-

180

463

Pin 2

Sig-

200

312

220

217

Pin 3

Sig+

240

155

Pin 4

-

260

113

Pin 5

-

280

85

300

64

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Wire size
Wire length L

Application Hint
The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Part Number
NTC M6-H

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

278

0motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 989-01

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasuretemperatures up to 300 °C of oil, water,fuel or air. This signal is used as a control
value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. To improve a good protection
against the ambient temperature, thehousing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very
robust and compact design and its very
short response time.
Application
Application
Storage temperature range
Bio fuel compatibility

Mechanical Data
-55 … 300 °C

Male thread

M6x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench size

10 mm

-

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal resistance @ 25 °C

NTC
10 kΩ

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 mm x 1.78 mm

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond.) ± 1.3 °C

31 Mar. 10

Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C

1%

Response time Շ 63 in still water<4s

motorsport@bosch.com

279

Characteristic Application

280

R [Ω]

1.000.000-55

519,910100.000-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,187

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

10.000
1.000
100
10
-60

-30

0

30

60

90

120

150

180

210

240

270

300

Temperature [°C]2012,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

120

578.1

Wire size

130

459.4

Wire length L

140

368.8

150

298.9

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistance(typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

200

118.5

Any mounting orientation is possible.

210

100.7

220

86.08

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

Part Number

270

42.87

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS F 02U V00 486-01

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Application Hint

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M8
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The sensing element is alacquer-coated thermistor disk which isconnected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a
AWG 24 wire. To improve the response
time, the element is molded into a highperformance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and a robust and compact design.
Application
Application
Storage Temp. Range
Bio fuel compatibility
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-55 … 125 °C

Male Thread

M8x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

12 mm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

Max. Power at 25 °C
Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C

31 Mar. 10

NTC

3 Nm

Weight w/o Wire
Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic

Installation Torque

10 g
O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Characteristic

200 mW

Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.1 °C

15 kΩ

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 4.4 °C

Relative Resistance Tolerance±5%

Response Time Շ 63 in still water< 11 smotorsport@bosch.com

281

10.000.000
Resistance [Ohm]Characteristic Application

1.000.000

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

1,493,300-35

366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317

049,254

10

29,95920

18,732Connectors and Wires

25

15,000Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

30

12,012Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

40

7,894

Pin 1

-

50

5,356

Pin 2

Sig-

60

3,651

Pin 3

Sig+

70

2,545

Pin 4

-

80

1,804

Pin 5

-

90

1,301

100

945

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

110

704

Wire size

120

528

Wire length L

460

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

125

100.000
10.000
1.000
100
-75

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M8 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

NTC M8

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

282

motorsport@bosch.com

-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

B 261 209 384-01

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasuretemperatures up to 300 °C of oil, water,fuel or air. This signal is used as a control
value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. To improve a good protection
against the ambient temperature, thehousing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very
robust design and its very short response
time.
Application
Application
Storage temperature range
Bio fuel compatibility

Mechanical Data
-55 … 300 °C

Male thread

M8x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench size

12 mm

-

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal resistance

NTC
10 kΩ

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond.) ± 1.3 °C

31 Mar. 10

Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C

1%

Response time Շ 63

<4s

motorsport@bosch.com

283

Characteristic Application

284

R [Ω]

1,000,000-55

519,910100,000-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

120

578.1

Wire size

130

459.4

Wire length L

140

368.8

150

298.9

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistance(typically 1 or 3 kOhm)

200

118.5

Any mounting orientation is possible.

210

100.7

220

86.08

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

Part Number

270

42.87

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS F 02U V00 509-01

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

10,000
1,000
100
10
-60

-30

0

30

60

90

120

150

180

210

240

270

300

Temperature [°C]

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Application Hint

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The sensing element ofthetemperature

sensor

is

made

of

semiconducting heavy metal oxide andoxidized mixed crystals, which
equipped with a protective housing.

are

The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and a robust compact design.
Application
Application
Storage Temp. Range

Mechanical Data
-40 … 130 °C

Male Thread

M12x1.5

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22

Installation Torque25 Nm

Max. Vibration

600 m/s2

Weight w/o Wire

29 g

Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance @ 20 °C

NTC
2.5 kΩ ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 3.4 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water

31 Mar. 10

not included

motorsport@bosch.com< 15 s285

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

100.000-40

45,31310.000-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

Connectors and Wires

50

834

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

60

596

Mating connector

D 261 205 288

70

436

Pin 1

SIG+

80

323

90

243

Pin 2

SIG-

100

187

Part Number

110

144

NTC M12

120

113

130

89

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

1.000
100

1
-50

Application Hint
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

286

10

motorsport@bosch.com

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

0 280 130 026

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The sensing element ofthetemperature

sensor

is

made

of

semiconducting heavy metal oxide andoxidized mixed crystals, which
equipped with a protective housing.

are

The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and a robust compact design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application-40 … 150 °C

Male Thread

M12x1.5

Storage Temperature Range-30 … 60 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22

Installation Torque18 Nm

Max. Vibration

300 m/s2

Weight w/o Wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance ±5 %NTC
2.5 kΩ @ 20 °C

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 0.8 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water

31 Mar. 10

Al-washer

motorsport@bosch.com< 15 s287

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

100.000-40

45,31310.000-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

Connectors and Wires

50

834

Connector

Bosch Compact

60

596

Mating connector

D 261 205 337

70

436

Pin 1

Sig+

80

323

Pin 2

Sig-

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

1.000
100
10
1
-50

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kOhm)

NTC M12-H

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

288

motorsport@bosch.com

-25

0

25

50
75
100
Temperature [°C]

125

150

175

0 281 002 170

Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
This sensor is designed to measure fluid
temperatures e.g. oil, water or fuel. Thissignal may be used as a control value forengine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative
temperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The sensing element ofthetemperature

sensor

is

made

of

semiconducting heavy metal oxide andoxidized mixed crystals, which
equipped with a protective housing.

are

The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and a robust and compact design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application-40 … 140 °C

Male Thread

M12x1.5

Storage Temperature Range-30 … 60 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o Wire

24.6 g

Bio fuel compatibility
Max. Vibration

E85/M22300 m/s2, 50 … 250 Hz

Sealing

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance ± 5 %NTC
2.5 kΩ @ 20 °C

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 3.4 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water

31 Mar. 10

not included

motorsport@bosch.com< 10 s289

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

100.000
Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

10.000

1.000

100
-50

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

Bosch Compact
D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

NTC M12-L

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

290

-25

motorsport@bosch.com

0 280 130 039

Sensors

Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-16-r / TI-16-s
Thisinfrared

designed

temperatureforsensornon-contactissurfacetemperature measurement of various parts(e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR
radiation.
Using

ruggedized

withinternal

silicon-coatedelectronics

andopticscabling

packaged inside a stainless steel housing,
this sensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its
temperature. The output signal has alinearcharacteristic(temperaturevs.

output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its
compact size, robust design, and highsignal quality at a low cost. In addition, it
offerstheabilitytochangethetemperature range, the output voltage andemissivity by request.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
0 … 160 °C

Male Thread

M12x1 mm

Operating Temp. Range(sensing head)-20 … 120 °C

Wrench Size

14 mm

Length Housing

28 mm

Operating Temp. Range(electronics)-20 … 70 °C

Weight with Wire 1 m

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

Relative Humidity

10 … 95 %Power Supply US

Max. Vibration
any axis

30 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

5 … 28 V

Max Power Supply US

28 V

Full Scale Output UA

0…5V

Current IS

31 Mar. 10

42 g

motorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

291

Characteristic
Emissivity(predefined)
Optical Resolution
Spectral Range
Compensated Range
Temperature resolution@ Tobj < 100 °C
System Accuracy@ 23 °C tamb,or max. value
Repeatability@ 23 °C tamb,or max. value
Sensitivity
OffsetApplication Hint
[1] 0.95 (rubber)[2] 0.80 (steel)
10 : 1
8 … 14 μm-20 … 120 °C
0.1 °C± 1.5 °C or 1.5 %± 0.75 °C or 0.75 %The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can bechanged anywhere in the range of -20 °C to
1,000 °C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the realemissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch
Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.

31.25 mV/°C
0 mV

Do not disconnect the electronics housing from thesensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification
89/336/EWG.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Mating Connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water orwater based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER
cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

SleeveViton

Wire Size

AWG 26

TI-16-r [1]

F 01T A21 207-01

70 … 100 cm

TI-16-s [2]

F 01T A21 209-01

Wire Length L

Please specify the requested wire length with yourorder.

292

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-100-s / TI-100-cThisinfrared

designed

temperatureforsensornon-contactissurfacetemperature measurement of various parts(e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR
radiation.
Using

ruggedized

withinternal

silicon-coatedelectronics

andopticscabling

packaged inside a stainless steel housing,
this sensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its
temperature. The output signal has alinear characteristic
output voltage).

(temperaturevs.

The main features of this sensor are its
compact size, robust design, and highsignal quality at a low cost. In addition, it
offerstheabilitytochangethetemperature range, the output voltage andemissivity by request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 1,000 °C

Male Thread

M12x1 mm

Operating Temp. Range(sensing head)-20 … 120 °C

Wrench Size

14 mm

Operating Temp. Range- 20 … 70 °C (electronics)

Length Housing

28 mm

Storage Temperature Range
Relative Humidity
Max. Vibration
any axis

Weight with Wire 1 m

10 … 95 %Electrical Data

30 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz

Power Supply US

500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

5 … 28 V

Max Power Supply US

28 V

Full Scale Output UA

0…5V

Current IS

31 Mar. 10

42 g-40 … 85 °C

motorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

293

Characteristic
Emissivity(pre defined)
Optical Resolution
Spectral Range
Compensated Range
Temperature resolution@ Tobj < 100 °C

Application Hint
[1] 0.80 (steel)[2] 0.75 (carbon)

The TI-100 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

10 : 1

The temperature measurement range can bechanged anywhere in the range of -20 °C to
1,000 °C per request.

8 … 14 μm-20 … 120 °C
0.1 °C

System Accuracy@ 23 °C tamb, or max. value± 1.5 °C or 1.5 %Repeatability@ 23 °C tamb, or max. value± 0.75 °C or 0.75 %Sensitivity
Offset

5 mV/°C
0 mV

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
SleeveViton

Wire Size

AWG 26

Wire Length L

70 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

294

The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the realemissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch
Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from thesensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification
89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water orwater based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER
cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
TI-100-s (steel) [1]

F 01T A21 210-01

TI-100-c (carbon) [2]

F 01T A21 211-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors,which generates a small temperaturecorresponding

voltage,

due

to

their

thermo electrical behaviour, without any
additional external energy. The mantle
thermocouple has a metal mantle which
includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is a very quick response time, thecombination of high quality production
part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Application-200 … 1,000 (1,300) °C

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Max. Vibration

800 m/s2 @ 5 … 500 Hz

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Electrical Data
Voltage Supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Full Scale Output

DIN IEC 584-1

Mechanical Data

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig+

Pin 3

Sig-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Src
DR-25

Male Thread

see adapter

SleeveWrench Size

see adapter

Wire Size

see adapter

Wire Length L

Installation Torque
Weight with Wire

47 g

Sensor Tip Bend Radius

R 20

31 Mar. 10

AWG 24
15 … 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

motorsport@bosch.com

295

Characteristic Application60± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t

T [°C]

U [mV]-200-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.2761,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.4105040Voltage [mV]

Accuracy (max. value)

30
20
10
0
-200

-10

0

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Temperature [°C]

Application Hint

Accessories

The TCP-K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up
resistant) or to external devices, which amplify thesensor voltage.

Adapter TCP-K

Recommended max. continuous utilisation
temperature 1,000 °C, short-term utilisation
temperature 1,300 °C.

B 261 209 159-01

Part Number
TCP-K

The sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed
by a special adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified onrequest.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

296

200

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 385-01

Sensors

Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,100 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors,which

supplycorrespondingatemperature

voltage,

due

to

it

thermoelectrically behaviour, without any
additional external energy.

The mantle

thermocouple has a metal mantle which
includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The

voltagewillbeamplifiedbyaintergrated electronic, which is poweredby 12 V and supplies an output signal from0 … 5 V.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part, robust design and theintegrated amplifier.
Application
Application
Usage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
-40 … 1,100 °C

Male thread

M12x1-40 … 115 °C

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

45 Nm

Weight with wire

110 g

800 m/s2 @ 5… 500 Hz

Electrical Data

Length630 mmmotorsport@bosch.com

297

Supply voltage Us

12 V

Full scale output

0.5 … 4.5 V

31 Mar. 10

Characteristic-40 … 1,100 °C

Response time

33 s

T [°C]

U [mV]

-40

372

0

485

100

790

200

1,135

300

1,513

400

1,912

500

2,327

600

2,752

700

3,183

800

3,615

900

4,046

1,000

4,473

1,100

4,845

Mating connector

D 261 205 357
Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

160

360
560
760
Temperature [°C]960

Application Hint
F 02U B00 292-01

Pin 1

Pin 5

5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
-40

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Voltage [mV]Measuring range

15 … 75 cm

The TCP-NF can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with a 0 … 5 V analog signal inputs or toexternal devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customer’s request.
The signal output will be 0 V, if the sensor, thepower, or the signal wire failed
The signal output will be > 5 V, if the ground wire
failed, or due to a short cut of the power and signal
wire
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF

298

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 821-03

Sensors

Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors,which

supplyatemperaturecorresponding

voltage,

due

to

its

thermoelectric

behaviour,

without

any

additional external energy source. The
mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made ofthermomaterial (Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires
are isolated. The voltage is amplified by anelectronic circuit, which is powerde by 12
V and supplies an output signal from 0 to
5 V. Please note that the operating
temperature of the external electronics isfrom 0 to 120 °C.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part, robust design and its
integrated amplifier.
Application
Application

Connectors and Wires
0 … 1,250 °C

Operating Temp. Range (ext. electronics)
0 … 120 °C

Mechanical Data
Male Thread

M12x1

Wrench Size

17 mm

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Weight w Cable
Length85 g
250 mmElectrical Data
Voltage Supply
Full Scale Output

31 Mar. 10

12 V

Connector
Mating connector

F 02U B00 292-01
D 261 205 357

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 … 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors areavailable on request.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

0…5V

motorsport@bosch.com

299

Characteristic Application
0 … 1,250 °C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Voltage [mV]Measuring Range

5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
-40

Application Hint

Part Number

The TCP-KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with a 0 ... 5 V analog signal input (w/o pullup resistor) or to external data logging devices.

TCP-KAThe sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customer’s request.
Please, note that the operating temperature rangeof the external electronics is from 0 to 120 °C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of thesensor element is minimum 20 mm to ensure thesensor works properly and for a longer lifespan of
the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

300

motorsport@bosch.com

160

360
560
Temperature [°C]

760

960

F 02U V00 264-01

Sensors

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 38 mm-65 … 125 °C
290 m/s2
1.7 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

31 Mar. 10

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

15 g
38.1 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

301

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

302

The WP 35 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 35

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 541

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 50
The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 50 mm-65 … 125 °C
400 m/s2
3.3 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

31 Mar. 10

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

15 g
50.8 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

303

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 50 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 50

304

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 542

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 75
The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-65 … 125 °C
170 m/s2
2.8 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

31 Mar. 10

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

28 g
76.2 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

305

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 75 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 75

306

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 543

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 100
The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o wire

Temperature range-65 … 125 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

90 m/s2
3.3 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

31 Mar. 10

Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

57 g
101.6 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

307

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 … 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The WP 100 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 100308

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 544

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 120
The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 120 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-15 … 60 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable tension

2.2 N

Life expectancy

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

31 Mar. 10

Mounting
Dimensions

85 g
120 mm2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8
1 x 106 cycles
45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

1%motorsport@bosch.com

309

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

The WP 120 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 120Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

310

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A21 250

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 125
The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 125 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-65 … 125 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

80 m/s2
2.8 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

31 Mar. 10

Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

85 g
127.5 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

311

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 125 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 125312

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 545

Sensors

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

313

Electronic Throttle Control

314

motorsport@bosch.com

Electronic Throttle Control

Electronic Throttle Grip ETG
Drive by wire system for motorcycles
This new Electronic Throttle Grip (ETG)
eliminates the throttle cables connecting
the throttle grip and the throttle body andreplaces them with a single electricalconnection.
The grip is spring loaded to return to theidle position where a damping element
and 10° free play below the idle position
provide optimal control and feel for the
rider. The grip includes two redundantsets of magnetic sensors to ensure amaximum safety and reliability.
There is an integrated switch denoting
three power settings for the bike: OFF,IGN ON and START.
Application

Application Hint

Temperature range

0 … 80 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s² @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Mechanical Data
Size of housing
WeightMounting

80 x 60 x 160 mm

Connector

326 gConnector

AS 6-10-35PN

Mating connector

AS 1-10-35SN

handlebar ø 22.2 mm

Working angle + free play
Tightening torque60° + 10°Pin 1

4.5 NmPin 2

terminal 15

Pin 3

terminal 50 (Starter)

Pin 4

-

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

The ETG can be connected directly to control units
with ETC functionality.

2x5V

Characteristic

terminal 30

Pin 5

5 V supply (Signal I)

Pin 6

5 V supply (Signal II)

Output Signal I

0.15 V … 2.325 V (0° … 70°)

Pin 8

Gnd (Signal I)

Output Signal II

0.3 V … 4.65 V (0° … 70°)

Pin 9

Gnd (Signal II)

Pin 12Signal I (screened)

Pin 13Signal II (screened)

Part Number
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 589-01

315

316

motorsport@bosch.com

Electronic Throttle Control

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

317

Chassis & Brake Control

318

motorsport@bosch.com

Chassis & Brake Control

ABS M4 Kit
The ABS M4 kit is developed for theoperation in front or rear drive vehicles. A
vehicle specific wire harness is included in
the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically adaptedformotorsports

use.

Individualcarparameters can be calibrated with theincluded software.

Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

Hydraulic unit with attached ECUPower Supply and Consumption

Dust and splash proof production housing

Supply voltage

Vibration damped circuit board

Max. peak voltage

38 pin connector

Power consumption

8 … 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

35 V for 200 ms
8 W stand-by,
230 W in operation

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

Inputs2 hydraulic high pressure pumps

4 active wheel speed DF11

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 ccm/eachBrake pressure (front brake circuit)Standard fittings

Longitudinal acceleration

2 x master cylinders M12x1
4 x brake cylinders M10x1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature
Max. shock-30 … +130 °C
50 g less than 6 ms

Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
12 position function switch
10 switch positions are preconfigured for different
setups2 switch positions programmableContent of Kit

Brake light switch

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Outputs

Pressure sensor

ABS warning light (MIL)

Yaw/acceleration sensor

Control of internal ABS valves

12 position function switch

Control of pump motor

4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard

Communication

ABS warning light

CAN interface

Programming and diagnostic software
Vehicle specific wire harness
Vibrations dampening boards

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

319

Optional Accessories

Part Numbers

Data logger C SportF 01T A20 061-01

Display DDU SportF 01T A20 050-01

Communication interface MSA Box II
F 02U V00 327-01
Single-wheel-speed interface without connectors
F 02U V00 225-01
Single-wheel-speed interface with motorsport
connectors
F 02U V00 209-01

ABS M4-Kit 1 (wire harness and wheel speed
sensors with production-type connectors)
F 02U V00 289-01
ABS M4-Kit 2 (wire harness and wheel speed
sensors with motorsport connectors)
F 02U V00 290-01
Different variations of DF11 sensors for vehicle
individual applications on request.

Four-wheel-speed interface with 2 motorsport
connectors
F 02U V00 203-01
Four-wheel-speed interface with 1 motorsport
connector
F 02U V00 335-01
Adapter wire harness for connection of data logger
C SportF 02U V00 309-01
Yaw rate sensor YRS 3320

0 265 005 838

motorsport@bosch.com

Chassis & Brake Control

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

321Displays322

motorsport@bosch.com

Displays

Display DDU SportThe DDU Sport is a light and compact
dashboard unit with a high contrast
monochrome display. Customised display
configurations can be programmed to suit
individual customer requirements. All
illuminated components are dimmable.
For enhanced flexibility the DDU Sport canbe interfaced to a range of stand-alone I/O
modules that provide the driver withadditional

informationoralternatively

enable the driver to interface
multiple vehicle functions.

with

The display has an integrated logger witha memory capacity of 512 MB. Engine dataof the ECU can be received via CAN
interface.
Data acquisition and calibration software
RaceLab Sport is inclusive.
Application

Electrical Data

LCD display / LED background light

7 sequential shift LEDs

4 programmable pages

512 MB Data logger integrated

Active area

91 x 56 mm

Resolution

240 x 128 pixel

4 digital inputs (HL = 2.5 … 32 V)

Dot size

0.38 x 0.41 mm

Real Time Clock

Mounting

4 x M5 threads on reverse side

4 internal switches for operation (pages, mode,setting), available also on reverse side connectors

Weight160 x 110 x 26 mm
433 g

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature

31 Mar. 10

2 x CAN-Bus
1 x 100 Mbit LAN
Voltage supply range: 7,5 … 35 V
Sensor supply: 5 V, 500 mA

Mechanical Data
Dimensions

4 analog inputs (0 … 5 V) 10 bit resolution

SoftwareData acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport
via Ethernet-10 … 65 °C

motorsport@bosch.com

323

Connectors

Part Number

Mating connector straight, Binder Series 712
3 x 99 0425 00 08
3 x F 02U 002 202-01

DDU Sport (without mating connectors)
F 01T A20 050-01

Mating connector angled, Binder Series 712
3 x 99 0425 70 08
3 x F 02U 001 514-01

DDU Sport (with mating connectors straight)
F 01T A20 050-02

Connector 1 (red)DDU Sport (with mating connectors angled)
F 02U V00 426-01

Pin 1

Input, digital 1

Pin 2

Input, digital 2

Pin 3

Input, digital 3

Pin 4

Input, digital 4

Pin 5

Input, terminal 30

Pin 6

Input, terminal 15

Pin 7

Input/Output, GND

Pin 8

Output, US

Connector 2 (green)
Pin 1

Input, KEY4

Pin 2

Input, KEY3

Pin 3

Input, KEY2

Pin 4

Input, KEY1

Pin 5

Input, AIN3

Pin 6

Input, AIN2

Pin 7

Input, AIN1

Pin 8

Input, AIN0

Connector 3 (blue)
Pin 1

Input/Output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/Output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input/Output, CANA-LOW

Pin 4

Input/Output, CANA-HIGH

Pin 5

Input, RX- LAN

Pin 6

Input, RX+ LAN

Pin 7

Output, TX- LAN

Pin 8

Output, TX+ LAN324

motorsport@bosch.com

Displays

Display DDU 4
The DDU 4 is a light and compact
dashboard unit with a high contrast colour
display. Up to 12 customized display
pages

can

individualbeprogrammed

customertosuitrequirements.

All

illuminated components are dimmable.
Mathematic functions and alarms can be
programmed and linked to display values
and LEDs. Using the CAN interface the
DDU 4 can be connected to any ECU.
Application

Connectors

1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display

Connector

Active area

111 x 83 mm

Pin 1

Ubatt

Resolution

320 x 240 pixel

Pin 2

Serial_RXD

Dot size

0.116 x 0.348 mm

Pin 3

Serial_TXD

Pin 4

GND_shield

Pin 5

CAN1_HI

Pin 6

CAN1_LO

Pin 7

GND

Pin 8

AGND

Pin 9

ANA1

Pin 10

ANA2

Pin 11

ANA3

Pin 12

ANA4

Pin 13

ANA5

Pin 14

Ubatt out

Pin 15

UNI_OUT1

Pin 16

CAN2_HI

10 LED multi purpose indication lights

Pin 17

CAN2_LO

Dedicated battery voltage measurement

Pin 18

ANA6

Pin 19ANA7SoftwarePin 20

ANA8

Configuration with RaceCon over MSA-Box

Pin 21

ANA9

Pin 22

UNI_OUT2

Mechanical Data
Dimensions

164 x 117 x 37 mm

Weight753 gMax. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature-10 ... 75 °C

Display panel with optical double-sided antiglarecoating for highest contrast and display accuracy.

Electrical Data
1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via
CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages
5 LED shift indicators(5 drivers, open collector, 2.2 A)

Accessories

AS 6-12-35PN

Aluminium holder

F 01E B01 457

Part Number

Carbon fibre holder

F 01E B01 458

DDU 4 incl. cable, without holder F 01E B01 461-01

External switches for page select and brightness
adjustment
B 261 209 659
MSA-Box II

31 Mar. 10

F 02U V00 327-01

motorsport@bosch.com

325

Display DDU 6
The DDU 6 is a light and compact, steering
wheel mounted dashboard unit. It isequipped with a high contrast colour
display. Up to 12 customized display
configurations can be programmed to suit
individual customer requirements. All
illuminated components are dimmable.
Mathematic functions and alarms can be
programmed and linked to display values
and LEDs.
Using the CAN interface the DDU 6 can beconnected to any ECU.

Application

Electrical Data

1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display

1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via
CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages

Active area

54 x 72 mm

Resolution

240 x 320 pixel

5 LED shift indicators

Integrated switches for page select and brightness
adjustment.

4 LED warning lights

Mechanical Data

Connector

Dimensions

Connectors
AS 6-12-35PN

165 x 104 x 32 mm

Pin 1

Ubatt

342 g

Pin 2

GND

Max. Vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin 3

CAN1_HI

Pin 4

CAN1_LO

Temperature

Pin 5

Serial_RXD

Pin 6

Serial_TXD

Weight-10 ... 65 °C

SoftwareConfiguration with RaceCon over MSA-Box

Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Part Number
DDU 6

326

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01E B01 459-01

Displays

Display DDU 8
Thedisplayprogrammable

DDU 8
full

integrates

color

dash

a

board

display with a data logging system for
motorsports applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition and visualizationof engine data from the ECU and chassis
data from up to 24 analog and 4 digital
input channels. Additional input devices
can be connected via the Ethernet andCAN buses. Recorded data from theinternal

2 GB

flash

memorycanbedownloaded via high-speed Ethernet or via
wireless connection with the BT 60 burst
telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as
display only. Two software upgrades forthe DDU 8 (field upgradable by entering akey) activate data logger functionality andadditional input channels.
Application

Mechanical Data

800 x 480 pixel high resolution 5” full graphics color
display

Size

Multiple user configurable display pages

Dust and splashwater proof aluminium housing

Multicolor (RGB) gearshift lights
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter
Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Up to 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
Online data compression
Up to 200 kB/s data acquisition rate
Up to 720 recording channels
1,000 kB/s upload rate
3-port network switch

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Operating temperature (internal)-20 … +60 °C

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Connectors
Autosport connectors double density

2 x 41 pin

Mating connector I
AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

SoftwareConfiguration via RaceCon over Ethernet
or MSA-Box II

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

327

Accessories

Part Number

External switch for page selection (12 step switch)
B 261 209 658

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 320-02

Software Upgrade 1
Data Logger functionality

F 02U V00 701-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page
selection (6 step switch)
B 261 209 659

Software Upgrade 2
F 02U V00 702-01
20 analog channels and second connector unlocked

DDU 8 Feature List
DDU 8
Base Display

SoftwareUpgrade 1

SoftwareUpgrade 2

Storage capacity

-

2 GB

-

BT 60 burst telemetry support

-

+

-

FM 40 long range telemetry support

-

+

-

GPS input--+

8 … 18 V

8 … 18 V

8 … 18 V

14 W at 14 V

14 W at 14 V

14 W at 14 V

Page/brightness selection

2

2

2

Total analog channels

4

4

24

Input range

0…5V

0…5V

0…5V

Resolution

12 bit12 bit12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

3 kΩ

3 kΩ

-

-

4

PWM outputs (Low side switch 2 A each)

4

4

4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA each)

1

1

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA each)

-

-

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A non regulated)

-

-

1

CAN interfaces

2

2

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

3

3

RS232

-

TelemetryGPS

Laptrigger input

1

1

1

Application

Electrical Data
Supply voltage
Max. power consumption (w/o loads)
InputsRotational channels (Input Hall/Inductive)
Outputs

Communication interfaces

328

motorsport@bosch.com

Displays

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

329

Data Logging Systems

330

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Data Loggers
Data Logger C SportThe data logger C Sport is a very compact
and lightweight data logger. It offers
analog and digital signals. The measured
data is stored on an internal 512 MB
memory. Engine data of the ECU can bereceived via CAN interface.
Acquisition and calibration
RaceLab Sport is inclusive.

softwareMechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

102 x 62 x 27 mm

Weight210 gMax. power consumption

4 W at 14 V

Required power supply

7.5 … 35 V

Aluminium housing

1 CAN Bus link (ECU)

Flexible housing fixation points

1 CAN Bus link (to cascade C Sportor attach DDU Sport)

Temperature range
Max. vibration-20 … 65 °C
Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix)

1 Ethernet connector (for PC connection)
512 MB internal memory

Software

Real time clock

Data acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport
via Ethernet

4 digital inputs
4 analog single ended inputs 16 bit resolution
4 analog differential inputs 16 bit resolution
1 digital output

Compatible ECUs
MS 3 Sport, MS 4 Sport, MS 4 Sport Turbo, MS 4.4,
MS 4.4 Sport, MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

331

Connectors

Part Number

Mating connector straight, Binder Series 712
4 x 99 0425 00 08
4 x F 02U 002 202-01

C Sport (without mating connectors)
F 01T A20 061-01

Mating connector angled, Binder Series 712
4 x 99 0425 70 08
4 x F 02U 001 514-01

C Sport (with mating connectors straight)
F 01T A20 061-02

Connector 1 (bottom right)

C Sport (with mating connectors angled)
F 02U V00 427-01

Pin 1

Input, terminal 15

Pin 2

Input, terminal 30

Pin 3

OutputPin 4

Output, TX+ LAN

Pin 5

Output, TX- LAN

Pin 6

Input, RX+ LAN

Pin 7

Input, RX- LAN

Pin 8

Input/Output, GND

Connector 2 (top right)
Pin 1

Input/output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input, digital 1

Pin 4

Input, digital 2

Pin 5

Input, digital 3

Pin 6

Input, digital 4

Pin 7

Output, US

Pin 8

Input/output, GND

Connector 3 (top left)
Pin 1

Input, analog 6+

Pin 2

Input, analog GND 5/6

Pin 3

Input, analog 7+

Pin 4

Input, analog 8+

Pin 5

Input, analog GND 7/8

Pin 6

Input, CANA-LOW

Pin 7

Input, CANA-HIGH

Pin 8

Input, analog 5+

Connector 4 (bottom left)
Pin 1

Diff. input, analog 1-

Pin 2

Diff. input, analog 2+

Pin 3

Diff. input, analog 2-

Pin 4

Diff. input, analog 3+

Pin 5

Diff. input, analog 3-

Pin 6

Diff. input, analog 4+

Pin 7

Diff. input, analog 4-

Pin 8

Diff. input, analog 1+

332

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus
The CardMemory is a device used for data
logging. The basic model C 40 is designed
for data transfer via CAN for Bosch
Motorsport ECUs. The extended model
C 40 Plus is developed to read in
additional 15 analog signals and 1 rev
signal. The measured data are stored on acompact flash card (not included).

Mechanical Data

Accessories

Aluminium housing

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flexible housing fixation points

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Size

150 x 90 x 22 mm

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

330 g

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01-40 … 75 °C

Flash card 2,048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter (incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

Weight
ECU temperature
Max. vibration

15 g sinus
at 20 Hz … 2 kHz for t < 5 hElectrical Data
Max. power consumption

7 W at 14 V

1 microcontroller with 16 bit organisation
1 CAN interface
Non volatile flash card memory
Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS

Compatible ECUs
MS 3 Sport, MS 4 Sport, MS 4 Sport Turbo, MS 4.4,
MS 4.4 Sport, MS 4.4 Sport TurboMating connector C 40

AS0-14-35 SN

Mating connector C 40 Plus

AS0-14-35 SN

Part Numbers

Options

C 40

15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and5 ms sample rate time (only C 40 Plus)

C 40 Plus
C 40 Plus incl. chassis adjust

1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface
5 V/100 mA
10 V/100 mA

Calibration functions are realised with an additional
software tool

31 Mar. 10

B 261 209 433

Connectors

Real time clock

Sensor supply outputs

C 40 adapter cable

F 01T A20 403-01
B 261 206 860
B 261 206 880-02

All C 40 incl. memory adapter B 261 206 864-01
Upgrade C 40 to C 40 Pluson request

Software chassis adjust

on request

motorsport@bosch.com

333

Data Logging Accessories
Compact flash cards, adapters and drivers
are necessary to use the Card memory.
For some optional functions additional
cables and software are on offer.
Compact flash cards are offered with astorage capacity of up to 2048 MB. The
compact flash card adapter is used toinsert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the
PC for data
formatting.

download

and

card

In conjunction with the memory C40 Plus,a software tool for additional calibration
functions is offered. Together with anindividual cable harness it is possible tocalibrate further sensors for chassis data
logging. To connect memory C40 to thevehicle cable harness the special C40
adapter cable is necessary.

Conditions for UsePart Numbers

Operating temperature-40 … 84 °C

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Humidity

5 % to 95 %, non condensing

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Vibration

15 g peak to peakFlash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

max. 2,0 g

Flash card 1024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Flash card 2048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter

B 261 206 864-01

Flash card adapter

B 261 205 814-01

Shock

334

Software Chassis Adjust

B 261 206 870

C40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Data Logging System DLS
System Overview
The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable, versatile, and flexible measurement systemfor conditioning and acquisition of sensor data in a race car. The DLS product family
consists of several hardware and software components which allow easy adoption tovarious measurement requirements.
Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. It performs system configuration andmanagement tasks and also serves as a communication hub for the PC configuration
software. The C 55 communicates via its network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight
MSI 55 sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisition of engine and chassis
data. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces provide high quality signal conditioning and data
conversion functionality.
Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT 60 burst telemetry device can beconnected.
Various CAN expansion modules can be connected to provide additional input channels or
output functionality.
DLS Components
Data logger, System manager

Technical Details
C 55

Burst telemetry

BT 60, BR 60

Online telemetry

FM 40

Modular Sensor Interface

MSI 55Extended CAN Modules
DLS configuration Software
System Software

EM-I4, EM-C,
EM-A6, EM-H4
RaceConRaceCon, WinDarab

High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter
resolution and tenfold oversamplingHigh recording rate up to 1 ms
High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB
Online compression of measurement data
Highly linear analog and digital filters
Modular concept allows scalable system
Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis
channels
Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry
Online calibration and system diagnosis with
RaceCon (included)

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

335

CardMemory C 55
The CardMemory C 55 is a device used for
data

loggingandDLS

systemmanagement. The measured data is stored
on a removable compact flash card with amaximum capacity of 1,024 MB (flash card
not included).
The

C

55

supports

measurement

twoparallelconfigurations

andrecording rates from 1 s to 1 ms. Datafromdifferent

Bosch

ECUs

can

be

recorded via the Ethernet and FireWirebuses. For sensor signal acquisition up to
eight MSI 55 devices
FireWire are supported.

connected

viaLong range as well as high-speed burst
telemetry is possible utilizing the FM 40
and BT 60 devices.
Mechanical Data
Size
WeightAccessories
157 x 92 x 30 mm

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

500 g

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Memory adapter

B 261 206 864-01

Aluminium housing
Operating Temperature-20 … 65 °C

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

MS 5.0, MS 5.1, MS 5.5, MS 5.2, MS 15.1, MS 15.2

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption
1 CAN interface
2 Fire wire interfaces

Compatible ECUs

20 W at 14 V

Part Number
CardMemory C 55
F 01E B01 630-01(incl. memory adapter B 261 206 864-01)

2 Ethernet interfaces (100 MBit)
Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory336

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
The MSI 55 is a high quality signal
conditioning and data acquisition unit foranalog and digital sensors.
The MSI 55 offers 16 configurable analog
inputs. Each analog input channel features
a

4th

order

analogprefilter,

10x

lineardigitaloversampling and highly

filtering. The cut-of frequency of the digital
filters is automatically adjusted to matchthe acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recoding,yielding zero filter delay in the recorded
data.

The

evaluation

of

each

channelis

individually

measurement

MSI

configurable. Data is sent via FireWireinterface to the C 55 data logger.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

120 x 117 x 38 mm

Weight600 g

Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

16 bit digital signal processor, 150 MIPS

Aluminium housing

Required power supply

Filtered connectors of motorsports design with highpin density

4 differential analog inputs with switchable
amplifier and switchable pullup resistor

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

12 single ended analog inputs with switchable
pullup resistor

Operating temperature
Max. vibration-20 … 65 °C

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 h

8 … 18 V

All analog inputs offer analog and digital antialiasing filter and 12 bit ADC resolution
4 frequency inputs 0 … 25.5 kHz for inductive
sensor / Hall-effect sensor
2 digital I/O
2 PWM outputs 100 mA
5 V sensor power supply
3 … 10 V configurable sensor power supply
12 V sensor power supply
Freely configurable 1 Mbit CAN Bus

Part Number

31 Mar. 10

MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

motorsport@bosch.com

337

Data Logger C 60
The Data Logger C 60 is a compact andlight weight data logging system for
motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine datafrom the ECU, and chassis data from up to
26 analog and 4 digital input channels.
Additional input devices can be connected
via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded
data from the internal 2 GB flash memorycanbedownloaded

via

high

speed

Ethernet or via wireless connection with
the BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the C 60 is sold as datalogger only. A software upgrade for the C
60 (field upgradable by entering a key)
activates additional input channels.
Application

Mechanical Data

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Size

Configurable math channels

WeightUser configurable CAN in/out messages

Dust and splashwater proof aluminium housing

Up to 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels

Operating temperature (internal)

2 GB storage capacity

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Online data compression
Up to 200 KB/s data acquisition rate

465 g
-20 … +65 °C

Software

Up to 720 recording channels

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet
or MSA-Box II

1,000 KB/s upload rate
3-port network switch

Part Number

BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support

Data Logger C 60

Connectors
Autosport connectors double density

2 x 41 pin

Mating connector I
AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

338

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 (149) mm[1] F 02U V00 553-01

Software Upgrade 1[2] F 02U V00 703-01
additional analog channels and second connector
unlockedmotorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

C 60 Feature List
C 60 Base Logger

Software Upgrade 1

2 GB

2 GB

BT 60 burst telemetry support••

FM 40 long range telemetry support••

GPS input-•

Application
Storage capacity

Electrical Data
Supply voltage
Max. power consumption (w/o loads)

8 … 18 V

8 … 18 V

10 W at 14 V

10 W at 14 V

InputsTotal analog channels

626

Input range

0…5V

0…5V

Resolution

12 bit12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

3 kΩ

-

4

PWM outputs (low side switch 2 A each)4

4Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA each)1

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA each)-1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A non regulated)-

1

CAN interfaces

2

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

3

Telemetry

GPS

1

1

Rotational channels (Input Hall/Inductive)
Outputs

Communication interfaces

RS232
Laptrigger input

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

339

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables the transmission of online
measurement data from a car on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consists of adata logger (C 40, C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From the datalogger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error
correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via anantenna cable to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by a RX antenna connected to the pit receiver box.
Inside the receiver box, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise filter amplifier. It
is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs
error correction if necessary. The output stream passes the data converter and istransferred via a connection cable to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 … 10 W of the Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter,near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF
interference.

Car Antenna

Pit Antenna
Pit Receiver Box(Pit roof)

Telemetry
Transmitter FM 40
Cable (30m)

Control
Module

RS232

Vehicle System
Client PC

Client PC

Client PC

Data Logger
Ethernet Pit Network
Server PC

340

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Telemetry Unit FM 40
The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem
suitableforreal-timetelemetrytransmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware
versions for several frequency bands inthe 430 … 470 MHz range. Within theselected band, the transmission frequency
is software programmable in a ±1 MHz
range. The high RF output power of up to
10 W gives excellent range and good trackcoverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit
data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232
interface. Typically the FM 40 is operated
as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For

other

applications,

half

duplexbidirectional operation is also possible.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators

Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management
Frequency range

Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry
systems.

Conditions for Use
Max. vibration
Temperature range
Max. power consumption

0 ... 60 °C
25 W at 14 V

International standard
I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113, FCC

BNC female

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

1 ... 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm
error detection and forward error correction (FEC)
RF channel bandwidth
Data interface
Data rate

ConnectorsRFF(center) ±1 MHz(software programmable)
Transmission power

60 m/s2 @ 20 Hz ... 2 kHz

430 ... 470 MHz(hardware adjustable)

Required power supply
Max. current

12,5 kHz @ 9.6 kbps
25 kHz @ 19.2 kbps
RS232
9.6 / 19.2 kbps
10 ... 18 V
< 2,5 APart Number
FM 40

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 208 898-01

341

Pit Receiver Box
The

Pit

Receiverelectronic
receiveBox

integrates

allcomponents

necessary

to

from

car

telemetrydataaequipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one
weatherproof

package.

Typicallythereceiver box is mounted on the pit roof as
close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection
cable to the receiving PC in the garage,
which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
Different versions of the receiver box are
offered to supportconfigurations.

severalsystemMechanical data
WeightElectrical data
4.2 kgMax. distance receiver box to PC(with cable B 261 209 481)

-20 … + 50 °C
50 m

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Data and power connector

motorsports type

Channel spacing
Sensitivity

fc ±1 MHz12.5/25 kHz≤ -116 dBm @ BER 10-3

Serial interface
RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity,
8 data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)
Radio data rate
Operating voltage
Power consumption

342

400 … 470 MHz

Working frequency band

Conditions for use
Working temperature range

Frequency range

motorsport@bosch.com

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)
12 V (10 … 14 V)
approx. 7 W

Data Logging Systems

Pit Receiver Box 1
The Pit Receiver Box 1 contains allelectronic

components

andcablesnecessary to receive data from a single
car, preassembled in a weatherproof box.
The external RX antenna is connected to a
low noise filter amplifier (LNA 1). The
amplified signal is then fed into the UHFreceiver which decodes the data stream.
The data converter is used to transmit thedata via the connection cable to the server
PC in the garage.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451-01

Pit Receiver Box 1/R
The Pit Receiver Box 1/R includes two
separate receiver systems which enable
the parallel reception of two telemetry
data streams. Two RX antennas can beconnected to the twin low noise filter
amplifiers (LNA 1, LNA 2).
Typical application are the reception oftelemetry data from two cars or a system
configuration with one car and a telemetry
relay station.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 1/R

31 Mar. 10

F 01T A20 453

motorsport@bosch.com

343

Pit Receiver Box 2
The Pit Receiver Box 2 contains two UHF
receivers fed by a single RX antenna andlow noise filter amplifier (LNA). This
enables parallel telemetry data reception
from two cars, provided both transmitters
operate in the same frequency band.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 2344

F 01T A20 455

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Pit Receiver Package 1/R and 1
The Pit Receiver Packages 1/R and 1
contain antennas, rf cables, data cables
and the controller box, i.e. everything thatis required to start operation.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 1/R

F 01T A20 454

Content Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Pit Receiver Box 1/R

F 01T A20 453

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

HF antenna cable pit (3 m)

B 261 209 492

Panel antenna pit 12 dBi

B 261 208 868

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 1

F 01T A20 452

Content Pit Receiver Package 1
Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

345

Pit Receiver Package 2
The Pit Receiver Package 2 contains
antennas, rf cables, data cables and thecontroller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operations.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 2

F 01T A20 456

Content Pit Receiver Package 2
Pit Receiver Box 2

F 01T A20 455

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dBi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

346

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Telemetry Accessories
FM 40 Tester
The FM 40 Tester is used to check the
performance of telemetry components
installed in the car which includes the FM
40 in conjunction with the RF cable andthe antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates
RF output power as well as defective RF
cables or car antennas enabling quick
detection of faulty components.

Measurement range
Transmission power

Connectors
1 … 15 (60) W

VSWR

1…6

Frequency band

VHF / UHFRF

BNC male / female

Part number
FM 40 Tester

B 261 208 894-01

Telemetry Antenna Dummy LoadThe

telemetryantenna

dummy

load

replaces the telemetry car antenna whenrunning the FM 40 transmitter in theworkshop or the garage. It reduces highpower RF radiation.
Measurement range
RF power
VSWR
Frequency band

31 Mar. 10

Connectors
15 W
1.1
VHF / UHFRF

BNC male / female

Part number
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load B 261 208 900-01

motorsport@bosch.com

347

Telemetry Car Antenna
Rugged telemetry
mounting.

antennasforcar

Dual Band

Parameter

Connectors

Single Band Car Antenna

RF

Frequency band

UHF

Type

1/4λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

150 mmSingle Band

BNC malePart number
Single Band Car Antenna
Dual Band Car Antenna

B 261 208 888
B 261 208 862-01

Dual Band Car Antenna
Frequency band

VHF / UHFGain

1/4λ / 5/8λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

440 mmAntenna Cable Kit
For car mounting
RF cable for the installation of telemetry
antennas in the car. Intended for single
hole mounting.

Measurement range
LengthDrill hole diameter
Attenuation

348

Connectors
max. 2 m (tbd.)
12,5 mmmax. 0.7 dB @ 2 m, 450 MHzRF

BNC male / female

Part number
Antenna Cable Kit

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 490-01

Data Logging Systems

Burst Telemetry System Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideally complements the FM 40 long range
telemetry. High-resolution measurement data, as stored in the data logger of the dataacquisition system, is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes
the pits or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages: high resolution
measurement data is already available in the pit network while the car is still out on track,enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time. While the car is in the garage, theburst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data istransferred automatically to the pit server PC, e.g. after engine test runs.
The RF system operates in the license-free 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable nonoverlapping channels allow great flexibility in channel selection. The robust OFDM
transmission scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter yield excellent
performance even in environments with high RF noise. Typically good data reception canbe achieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, depending on antenna
location and track topology. If necessary, reception range can be extended by an optional
remote receiver station.
During the running lap, the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis data in nonvolatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current file is closed and data isprepared for burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches the reception range of the pit
receiver, data transmission starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses thelapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if the link has been interrupted. Typically 6
Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race. The bi-directionaltransmission scheme ensures error-free reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.
Burst Telemetry
Receiver BR 60F(Pit roof)

Car Antenna

Burst Telemetry
Transmitter BT 60F

Ethernet Cable(up to 75m)

Ethernet

Client PC

Client PC

Client PC

VehicleSystemEthernet Pit Network

Data Logger

Server PC

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

349

Burst Telemetry System
Car Module BT 60F
The BT 60F car module is the vehicle
component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst
Telemetry

System.

The

compact

andlightweight unit receives measurement
data via a 100 MBit Ethernet connection
from the data acquisition system andcommunicates with the pit module overthe RF antenna. The system operates in
the 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32
non-overlapping channels. An internal highquality band filter eliminates out-of-band
RF noise, which enables fully encrypted
high speed data transmission at 12 MBit
under race conditions. Online diagnosis
and performance monitoring is possible
via the data acquisition system.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

WeightRadio modem

370 g

Transmission power

Antenna Connector

SMA(f)

Receiver sensitivity

Interface Connector

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Conditions for Use
Max. Vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature range-20 ... +85 °C

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210,CE

Encryption+26 dBm-91 dBm @ 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface
Antenna

Ethernet TP10/100
Gain = 3 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 ... 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A @ 12 VDC

WEP/WPAContent BT60F Set

Part Number

Radio modem

F 02U V00 039-02

Antenna 5 dBi

F 02U V00 442-01

Antenna socket

F 02U V00 041-01

Antenna cable

F 02U V00 042-01

350

Full duplex (bidirectional)

BT 60F Set

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 038-02

Data Logging Systems

Pit Module BR 60F
The BR 60F pit module is the stationary
component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst
Telemetry

System.

omnidirectionalThe

antenna

high
is

gain

mounteddirectly at the receiver, minimizing cable
loss. The weatherproof housing allows
outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on thepit roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit
Ethernet connection to the pit server PC is
supplied via the connecting cable, which
can be up to 75m long. The system
operates in the 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM bandand offers 32 non-overlapping channels.
The high quality band filter eliminates outof-bandRFnoise.

This

enablesfully

encrypted high speed data transmission at
12

MBit

under

race

conditions.

A

directional antenna is available as an
option.
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)
WeightInterface Connector

Electrical Data
705 x 145 x 47 mm
1,250 gTransmission power

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Receiver sensitivity

Conditions for Use
Temperature range
Max. power consumption
Radio air interface-20 ... +85 °C
3.5 W
IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE
Encryption

WEP/WPAContent BR 60F Set

Full duplex (bidirectional)+26 dBm-91 dBm @ 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface
Antenna

Ethernet TP10/100
Gain = 10 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 ... 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A @ 12 VDCPart Number

Radio modem

F 02U V00 048-01

Antenna

F 02U V00 131-01

Antenna filter

F 02U V00 132-01

Fitting system

F 02U V00 133-01

Interface cable to the pit PC

B 261 209 744-01

31 Mar. 10

Radio modem

BR 60F Set

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 047-02351

Lap Trigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02
This lap trigger system consists of an
infrared transmitter station and a receiverinstalled in the car. The system allows anexact laptime measurement.
Section time measurement for comparisonof different car setups is also available if
several transmitters are used.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is notcompatible with IR-02. If both lap triggers
are

used

at

the

same

time,

the

transmitters have to be positioned with aminimum distance of 5 m.
Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

IR-02-Receiver

IR-02-ReceiverSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminium housing
IR-02-Transmitter
Size with diode

Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 … 16 V

Output voltage

5V

IR-02-Transmitter
90 x 40 x 28 mm

WeightFrequency codes

124 g
Supply voltage

16 plus 16 offset codesfor section times
8 … 16 V

Conditions for Use
Working range
Ambient temperature

15 m-25 … 70 °C

Part Numbers

Same height between receiver and transmitter

IR-02-Receiver

Visibility connection between receiver andtransmitter

KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34

B 261 206 884-03

ASL-6-06-05PD-HE

B 261 206 887-01

Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

B 261 206 888-01

IR-02-Transmitter

B 261 206 890-01

352

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Systems

Lap Trigger HF 24
This lap trigger system HF 24 consists of ahigh frequency transmitter station and a
receiver which is installed in the car.
The system allows an exact lap timemeasurement. Section time measurement
for comparison of different car setups isalso available if several transmitters areused. We offer optionally a tripod for
mounting the transmitter anywhere along
the race track.
Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

HF 24 Receiver

SystemSize

125 x 37 x 28 mm

Weight130 g

RF wideband chirp transmission
Working frequency band

Internal antenna with radome

User codes

Aluminium housing

HF 24 Receiver

HF 24 Transmitter

Sensitivity

Size2,40 … 2,47 GHz
16-92 dBm @ BER 10-3; 1 Mbps

290 x 118 x 93 mm

Supply voltage

6,5 … 30 V

1880 gConnector type

ASL 606-05PD-HE

WeightTripod

Pin 1

+12 V

Maximum height~ 150 cm

Pin 2

GND

Minimum height~ 65 cm

Pin 3

Trigger Out

Weight1370 gMechanical drawing
HF 24 Transmitter

Conditions of Use
Working range

up to 50 m

Ambient temperature-10 … 85 °C

Power consumption HF 24 ReceiverPower consumption HF 24 Transmitter

Y 261 A25 087

0,8 W
1W

Transmission power

10 dBmTransmitter antenna

flat panel

Supply voltage

10 … 30 V

Supply current

90 mA

Selection main / sub trigger
Low battery detection
Mechanical drawing

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

Y 261 A25 038

353

Application Hints

Function Description

HF 24 Transmitter

The transmitter sends via the directional antenna
coded signals across the race track.

Before setting the main switch to ON, select thecode and the working mode (main / sub trigger).
The transmitter reads the switches for code andmain / sub trigger only once at power up.
After setting the main switch to ON the transmitter
executes a 10 sec. self test and then the transmitter
indicator begins to flash green, e.g. the transmitteris running.
The battery condition is permanently checked. If thebattery level becomes critical, the “low bat
indicator” becomes red. When the battery level
drops below 10 V, the transmitter stops working.
The green transmitter indicator stops flashing.

The receiver at the race car checks permanently theteam code and the signal parameters. If the trigger
condition is detected the receiver generates theappropriate output signal (main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of thetransmitter antenna.
After detecting the trigger point and releasing thetrigger signal the receiver is passive for a period of
two seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal.

The transmitter should be placed at the border ofthe lane in a height of about 1.5 … 2.0 m.
HF 24 Receiver
Before switching on the DC power the code has tobe selected.
After switching ON the receiver executes a 10 sec.
self test and than it turns into the working mode.
When a trigger is detected the output pin goes low
for a certain time:-20 msec low @ main trigger-40 msec low @ sub trigger

Part Numbers
HF 24 Receiver

B 261 206 894-01

Standard output configuration:

HF 24 Transmitter

B 261 206 895-01

low side switch with R = 3.3 kOhm (*) to +5 VDC(*) can be modified according to user demands

TripodThe white antenna radome must be turned to thetransmitter side and should not be mounted behind
metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Green indicator flashes when it detects a trigger
condition.

354

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 206 897

Software

Software

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

355

Calibration
RaceConRaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration / calibration of Bosch
Motorsport hardware products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication isbased on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

General Functions

Required Hardware Components

Calibration of ECU maps & curvesPC:

ECU Datafile up- and download

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible,
min. 1.6 GHz

Parameterfile up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Datafile / Workbase management

Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Integrated flash functionality

Operating systems:

Configuration Bosch Motorsport Displays

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Integrated Bosch Sensor Database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport Data Loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS System
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN Modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet(KWP/CCP/XCP)

Min. 2 GB RAM

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

Part Number
RaceConCAN Communication-Log functionality(Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

356

F 02U V00 327-01

motorsport@bosch.com

bundled with
Bosch Motorsport hardware

Software

Modas
Modas is a software for measuring and calibrating defined engine values and curves. It is
specially designed for racetrack use. Developing Modas we set great store by easy
handling and quick access to the ECU.

General functions

Performance description

Online measurement and calibration

Project (Data) management

Universal use for different ECUs

Visualisation, processing and management ofcalibration, measurement and documentation data

Modas facilitates operating and working in by using
the Windows standard. In the office Modas iscontrolled by mouse or menue. If Modas is used in a
mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard andshortcuts.

Programming system
Programming and management of calibration data
Calibration system
Visualisation and manipulation of parameters

Required hardware components

Diagnosis system

PC

Visualisation, processing, documentation andevaluation of diagnosis data

IBM PC compatible min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free harddisc space
VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p)

Part number
Modas V3

Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

357

Modas Sport
Modas Sport is the calibrating tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot ofsensefull features to manage our engine control units at the dyno and the racetrack.

Feature Description

Interface

Calibration Tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15,
MS 3 Sport, MS 4 Sport, MS 15 SportCAN (CCP) / K-Line (KWP2000)

Visualization, processing and management ofcalibration, measurement and documentation data

Required Hardware Components

Measuring system

IBM PC compatible min. 1.6 GHz

Numeric data visualization

Approx. 512 MB RAM

Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization

Approx. 100 MB free harddisc space

Recording of measurement data(needs WinDarab to analyze)

VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p)

Oszilloskop (graphic data visualization)

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

PCOperating systems

Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters(calibration data)

Optional Accessories

Parameter File Manager

Windarab-Free Data Analysis Software

Data File Manager (Copy & Compare)

MSA-Box II

on request

Part Number

Macro Manager

Modas Sport

Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Workbase Management
Integrated K-Line Flashing Tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest
technology

358

F 02U V00 327-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Software

Simulation
LapSimLapSim Chassis is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. By
further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much
more profound analysis of the vehicle behaviour can be gained. Due to the direct link withthe simulation model, vehicle parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tyre
behaviour, engine power, as well as driver performance. The visualisation of the vehicle
behaviour creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of the technical background of theuser.

LapSim Engine supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generatinga torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parameters of anengine. The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently
seen on the market, with or without air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software isaiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort of complex engine software packages. The
engine software avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, inorder to improve usability as well as computational performance. The engine package is
integrated in the lap simulation.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

359

Data analysis

Engine Simulation model

Post processing of the on-car recorded data withsimulation models. Calculating vehicle handlingstate, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.

Engine model generates torque/power curve as well
as ignition angle

Determination of tyre parameters out of on-car
recorded data. Possibility to analyse tyre
performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or
simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behaviour for a better andmore thorough understanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data avalidation possibility of vehicle parameters andvehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to
WinDarab Files and creates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tyre model. Tyre parameters
can easily be determined out of on-car recorded
data. No tyre data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-)differential
3D Aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimisation

360

Normally aspirate engines, with or without
restrictor
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all
possible compression ratios and chambergeometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum
pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚
crankshaft, which is integrated to calculate engine
torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 - 10.000 rpm
range

Part numbers
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com
LapSim Chassis License

B 261 206 432-01

LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 056-01

LapSim Engine & Chassis License F 01T A20 057-01
Upgrade LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 058

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License

F 01T A20 059

UpdateLapSim Chassis or Engine

F 02U V00 287-01

UpdateLapSim Chassis & Engine

F 02U V00 288-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Software

Analysis
WinDarab
Data Analysis Software
WinDarab is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data. It is Windowsbased and specially designed for motorsports use. Depending on the functionality thesoftware is available in different versions, WinDarab-Light and WinDarab-Expert.
Additional we offer a „Free“ version without dongle.

Data Evaluation

Functionality

Auto load and auto store

Creating of race tracks

Adjustable axis: time or distanceSeveral segments adjustable for each race track

Direct read-in of memory data without reader

Lap reports and lap comparison

Graphic display of all measured and stored channels

Inform displays

Various displays available (analog and digital)

Data extract and export

Number of displays available
Various display set-ups selectable and storable
Laptrigger signal included

FunctionsMin./max. calculations
Histograms

Required hardware components

Mathematical functions

PC:

Filter functions incl. FFT

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible,
min. 1.6 GHz

x/y-plots

Min. 1 GB RAM

Data Comparison

Min. 1 GB free HD space

Calculation of differences lap by lap

VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems:
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

31 Mar. 10

Part Numbers
WinDarab-Freeon request

WinDarab-LightF 01E B01 402-01

WinDarab-Expert

F 01E B01 418-01

Upgradeon request

motorsport@bosch.com

361

Encryption of data / access rights
The on-board recorded measuring data will be encrypted in the data logger via a so-called
project key. Each project key belongs to a specified project or customer.
Reading or viewing data with WinDarab „Light“ or „Expert“, is only possible with a dongle
with suitable key information on it.
Dongle-free working with WinDarab-Free
For basic data analyzing tasks we offer WinDarab-Free for free of costs. To ensure ourcustomers data every WinDarab-Free installation has to be linked to the customer projectkeys. Please contact your customer support engineer for a customized WinDarab-Free
Installation CD.
WinDarab-Free can be used till a WinDarab-Light or -Expert is installed on the PC.
Afterwards the installation of WinDarab-Free is no longer executable.
WinDarab Feature List
Free

Light

ExpertMaximum number of opened files

2

4

unlimited

Maximum number of measuring data windows

1

2

unlimited

Maximum number of areas in measuring data windows

2

4

unlimited

Views - Histogram

•

•

•

Views - (x/y)-Plot

•

•

•

Views - Distribution

–

•

•

Views - Min/Max-Tables

–

•

•

Views - Fourier-Transformation

–

•

•

Views - Outing report

–

8/1*

unlimited

Views - Lap analysis

–

–

•

Views - Flowcharts

–

–

•

Views - Instrument Panel (numeric/bargraph/round scale)

•

•

•

User defined Physical Units

•

•

•

Language Support German/English

•

•

•

Racetrack generation via speed/lateral G or GPS

•

•

•

ASCII Export

•

•

•

Matlab Import (seperated tool)

•

•

•

Extras - Functions/Conditions

–

–

•

Extras - Differences

–

•

•

Extras - Settings - Comments

–

–

•

Measuring data window - Area channel name - View options

–

–

•

Desktop load/save

•

•

•

Telemetry–••

Function* 8 columns / 1 window362

motorsport@bosch.com

Accessories

Accessories

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

363

Communication Interface
MSA-Box II(Ethernet / K-Line / CAN Interface)
The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PCsupported calibration and configuration
on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN interface of an
ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via
the USB interface. This ensures a powerful
and universal link to all common PCs. The
coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN of the diagnosis
interface.
Mechanical Data

Connectors and Wires

Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 ... 70 °C

Electrical Data

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

terminal 15 (switched pos)

Pin 3

GND

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/s)

Pin 4

CAN_High

100 MBit/s

Pin 10K-line300 Bd ... up to 320 kBd

Pin 8

RxD +

10 kBit/s ... 1 MBit/s

Pin 9

RxD -

Pin 11

TxD+

Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 ... 32 V

Power consumption(powered from USB)typ. 0.5 W

USB

Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

Ethernet
K-LineCAN

Operating System
Windows XP 32 Bit
Windows Vista 32 Bit

Pin 12TxD -Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Details

Diagnosis wire length

Compact design

USB wire length

Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
Power supply through the connection to the ECU
from board mains with galvanic separation

Part Number
MSA-Box II

All inputs and outputs to the PC
galvanically separated

364

2m
0.5 m

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 327-01

Accessories

Handheld Test Devices
RS 2000
With the RS 2000 you can simulate
crank shaft-, cam shaft- and wheel-speedsignals quickly and comfortable.

FunctionsElectrical data

Infinitely variable simulation of Hall- and inductive
signal.

Power supply

Adjustable on cylinder numbers from 4 to 12.
Usable for increment- and segment-systems.

Part numbers
RS 2000
Wiring harness connector

31 Mar. 10

12 V

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 206 862-01
B 261 206 451

365

Expansion Modules
Lambdatronic LT4
The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled
pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch(Mini-)LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pumpcell. The lambda in the Nernst cell is
controlled to λ = 1.013 independent of theoxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell.
The current proportional output voltage of
the IC is a measure of the lambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is
the combination of the Bosch well known
lambda IC and a very compact box sizewithmotorsports

specification.

Furthermore the analog signal output canbe configured freely.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Compatible Sensor Type0.75 … 10.12 λBosch (Mini-)LSU 4.9

Nr. of Channels
Heater4
internal

Operating Temp Range (housing)-20 … 85 °C

Storage Temperature Range-20 … 85 °C

Communication Link

K-Line / CAN

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Max Power Supply (1 min) US max
Thermal Dissipation Loss

(6.5) 10 … 17 V

Mounting
Size w/o Cable (w*l*h)

98 g
100 % humidity
Velcro54 x 59 x 13 mm

Characteristic
Signal Output 1

CAN

Signal Output 2

4x0…5VCAN- Baudrate

1 Mbaud
2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal Sampling Rate

100 HzCAN Refresh Rate

100 Hz

26 V
3 W @ 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

366

SealingSignal Resolution

Electrical Data
Power Supply Us

Weight with Cable

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas

motorsport@bosch.com

includedAccessories

Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector Loom

AS 1-14-35SN

SleeveLambdatronic LT4

F 01T A20 070-04

Viton

Cable Size

26

Cable Length L

20 cm

Application Hint
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch (Mini)-LSU
4.9.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system(1 Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum
1,5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to beconnected either to the measuring device or to thesystem ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and
GND_REF has not to be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software
documentation (CAN protocol e.g.).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Pin

Function

Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)20

Pump Current LSU2 IP2

2+ 12 V (Battery +)21

Virtual GND LSU2 VM2

3Ground (Battery -)22

Heater PWM LSU2 Uh-2

4

Ground (Battery -)23

Heater (Batt +) LSU2 Uh+2

5

K-Line Diagnostic Connection

24

Setup Current LSU2 IA2

6

CAN1 + (high)25

Nernst Voltage LSU2 UN2

7

CAN1 – (low)26

UN1Pump Current LSU3 IP38Analog out 1

27

Virtual GND LSU3 VM39Analog out 2

28

Heater PWM LSU3 Uh-3

10

Analog out 3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU3 Uh+3

11

Analog out 4

30

Setup Current LSU3 IA3

12

Reference GND for anal. out

31

Nernst Voltage LSU3 UN3

13

Shield32

Pump Current LSU4 IP4

14

Pump Current LSU1 IP1

33

Virtual GND LSU4 VM415

Virtual GND LSU1 VM134Heater PWM LSU4 Uh-4

16

Heater PWM LSU1 Uh-1

35

Heater (Batt +) LSU4 Uh+4

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU1 Uh+1

36

Setup Current LSU4 IA418

Setup Current LSU1 IA1

37

Nernst Voltage LSU4 UN419

Nernst Voltage LSU1 UN1

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

367

AWS LSU 4.9
The AWS LSU 4.9 is used in combination
with the lambda sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.9.
The

box

is

able

to

supplytwo(Mini-)LSU 4.9 lambda sensors. It includes
two heaters and converts each specificsensor signal into two separate lambda
signals. Furthermore, the temperature of
the sensor, the duty cycle of the heaterand diagnosis of the probe is available.
The signal output is via CAN-message.
Please note: Lambda sensors are not partof the AWS LSU 4.9.
Mechanical Data

CAN-ID

Weight80 g

Size

38 x 43 x 16 mm

Cable length

150 mmConditions for use
Operating temperature

CAN -ID Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7

10 … 60 °C

Diagnosis
Value = 0,0069:

failed sensor(short cut or not connected)

Value = 0,0686:

sensor did not reach 600 °C(up to 30 sec)Value = 0,1373:

For each sensor, the following CAN-IDs will receive
the A/F value as 16-bit unsigned Integer and theheating value and the temperature values as
8-bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type):

0x290

Value= A/FValue / 14,57= A/FDigits / 14570= A/FDigits * 0,00006863418

Heat-Temp= TempxDigits * 2 + 496,9 °C

5 … 20 V

Rent consumption
120 mA at 12 V
+ heater current (max. 2 A per probe)
2 A/F

Resolution

0,01

Sampling rate

368

Temp1 Temp2 Heat1= 0,001 * A/Fx

heating periode

Channels

A/F2

A/FValue

Electrical Data
Power supply

A/F1

100 Hz per channel

motorsport@bosch.com

Heat2

Accessories

Pin assignment life connector

Accessories

Pin Name

Description

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

0 258 017 025

1

GND

GroundLambda Sensor LSU 4.9

B 261 209 356

2

GND LSU 1/2 Ground LSU heater

3

Vext

External power supply 5 … 20 V

4

LSU heater

External power supply for LSU
1/2 heater

9

CAN H

CAN Bus high

10

CAN L

CAN Bus low

11

TxD

TxD serial interface

12

RxD

RxD serial interface

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

B 258 490 103-20

Part Number
AWS LSU 4.9

F 01E B01 622

Pin assignment LSU-1/2 in connector
Pin Name

Description1

LSU1 IP

Inv. Input of pump current amp2

LSU1 VM

Virtual ground3

GND heater 1 Ground for heater 1

4

Vext heater 1 External power supply 5 … 20 V
LSU1

5LSU1 IANon Inv. input of pump current
amp

6

LSU1 UN

Inv. input of pump current
control7

LSU2 IPNon Inv. input of pump current
amp

8

LSU2 VM

Virtual ground9

GND heater 2 Ground for heater 2

10

Vext heater 2 External power supply 5 … 20 V
LSU2

11

LSU2 IANon Inv. input of pump current
amp

12

LSU2 UN

Inv. input of pump current
control

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

369

CAN Module EM-A6
6 analog Channels
The extended module EM-A6 measures up
to 6 analog channels, converts the values
to a 10 bit format and combines them to a
CAN-Message. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) which is used fortransmitting the information from and tothe module.
Weight and space required for the wiring
harness can be reduced by daisy-chaining
multiplepower

extendedandmodules

communication

becauselines

arerouted through the device.
Application

Connector ASL206-05SN-HE (red); ANAx

Operating temperature range-20 °C … 85 °C

Mechanical DataSize

155 x 38 x 32.1 mm

Weight153 gMax. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin-No.

Function

1

UB_SG

2

AGND

3

ANA_INx4

Vref505

N/C

Connector ASL206-05SD-HE (green), XOUTElectrical Data
Power supply

10 V … 18 V

Pin-No.

Function

Supply current (without load)max. 80 mA

1

UBATT

10 Bit (4.8 mV)

2

GND

Update rate

5 ms

3

CAN-High

CAN speed

1 MBaud

4

CAN-Low

5

GND

ADC resolution

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon

Connector ASL206-05PN-HE (red), XIN

CAN-ID programmable via RaceCon

Pin-No.

FunctionPull-ups switchable via RaceCon

1

UBATT

2

GND

Loom Side Connector
ASL606-05PN-HE red
ASL606-05PD-HE green
ASL606-05SN-HE red

370

motorsport@bosch.com

3

CAN-Low

4

CAN-High

5

GND

Accessories

CAN Protocol

Application Hint

Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)

Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module withyour ECU.

CAN Frame 1

Part Number
CAN Module EM-A6

Byte
Value

0

1

2

Row
AD channel 1
counter=03

4

AD channel 2

5

6

F 01T A20 007-01

7

AD channel 3 unused

CAN Frame 2
Byte
Value

0

1

2

Row
AD channel 4
counter=1

3

4

AD channel 5

5

6

7

AD channel 6 unused

U [V] = raw value * 5 V / 1024

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

371

CAN Module EM-C
Module for programming APS-C
The extended EM-C module is part of themeasurement equipment. It displays thecurrent angle of the camshaft that ismeasured by the Bosch camshaft angle
sensor APS-C and transmitted via CAN.
The EM-C module receives this message
and displays the angle (-180° … +180°) in
its bright red dot-matrix display.
Moreover, the EM-C module features a
reset-button

which,

duringengineassembly, enables the engine builder toprecisely set the APS-C sensor reference
to “zero” when the camshaft is at thedesired “zero” position. The module has a
500 kBaud CAN-Interface (CAN 2.0 B)
which

is

used

for

transmittingtheinformation from and to the module.
The module is delivered with a connection
adapter between housing and connector.
Mechanical Data
Size

94.2 x 30 x 24.2 mm

Weight97 g

Electrical Data
Power supply
Supply current(100 % brightness, dots on)

8 V … 18 V
max. 300 mA

Communication/Configuration Interface

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL-006-05PN-HE

Mating connector

AS6-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

UBATT

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

CAN-Hi

Pin 4

CAN-LO

Pin 5

N/C

CAN 2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon

Part Number

Programmable CAN-ID

CAN Module EM-C

Application Hint
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Modulewith your ECU.

372

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 025

Accessories

CAN Module EM-H44 Hall Speed sensors
The extended module EM-H4 acquires thesignal periods of up to 4 Hall-effect speed
sensors and transmits them as 16-bit
values to a CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B) in asingle CAN-message.
The module is delivered with an adapter
between housing and connector.
Application

Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Operating Temperature Range-20 … 85 °C

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

85.4 x 32.3 x 17.1 mm

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-Hi5

CAN-LO

6

Front left

Power Supply

8 V … 18 V

7

Front right

Supply Current

max. 70 mA

8Rear left

10 … 10,000 impulses/s

9

Rear right

Input

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

10

GND

11

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Part Number
CAN Module EM-H4

Loom Side Connector

F 01T A20 008-01

AS-6-10-35SN-HECAN Protocol
Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)
Byte

0

Value

Front left

1

2

3

Front right4

5

Rear left

6

7

Rear right

Signal period [ms] = 3.2 μs * raw value / 1,000

Application Hint
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Modulewith your ECU.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

373

CAN Module EM-I4
4 inductive Speed Sensors
The extended module EM-I4 acquires thesignal periods of up to 4 inductive speed
sensors and transmits them as 16-bit
values

with

3.2us

quantization

toa

1 MBaud CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B) in asingle CAN-message.
The module is delivered with an adapter
between housing and connector.
Application
Operating Temperature-20 … 85 °C

Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

85.4 x 32.3 x 17.1 mm

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-Hi5

CAN-LO

6

Front left
Front rightPower Supply

8 V … 18 V

7

Supply Current

max. 70 mA

8Rear left

10 to 10,000 impulses/s

9

Rear right

10

GND

11

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Input

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

Part Number
CAN Module EM-I4

Loom Side Connector
AS-6-10-35SN-HECAN Protocol
Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)
Byte
Value

0

1
Front left

2

3
Front right4

5
Rear left

6

7

Rear right

Signal period [ms] = 3.2 μs * raw value / 1,000

Application Hint
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Modulewith your ECU.

374

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 009-01

Accessories

Extended Module EM-LIN
The extended module EM-LIN is a LINMaster

designed to

allow

an

on-lineadjustment of the alternator regulator
parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load
response time, cut-off speed and current
limitation.
The

EM-LINisdesignedwithamicrocontroller in combination with a LIN
and a CAN transceiver. The electronics
power supply is managed by a voltage
regulator. In addition, an analog input isaccessible on one connector.

Its robust

aluminum housing provides an effective
protection for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) andapplication specific software development
is available on request.
Application
Application

LIN Master

Compatible regulator type
Bosch LIN-regulator CR652
Operating temperature range-20 … 85 °C

Storage temperature range-20 … 85 °C

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1 (red)Connector

ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Mechanical Data

Pin 3

-

Weight w/o wire

53 g

Pin 4

-

85 x 17.3 x 32 mm

Pin 5

ConfigSize w/o wire

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Application Hint
Please ask for the compatibility with your Boschregulator.

Connector 2 (green)
Connector

ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05PD-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

LIN

Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one
connector only.

Part Number
Extended Module EM-LIN

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 609-02

375

Alternator
B+

LIN

GND
ASU 0-03-05SD HE

EM-LIN

Switch (example)
ASU 0-03-05PN HE

Illustration 1: Possible application to switch between two alternator voltage values

SwitchASU-6-03-05SN-HE (red)
Pin1

Pin2

1kΩ

18v Z-Diode

Illustration 2: Recommended switch design (example)

376

motorsport@bosch.com

Pin5

Accessories

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

377

RelayRelay 25 A
The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor
for electrical power control. The rated
current is 25 A for secondary power
distribution with high inrush current likehydraulic- and fuel motor loads. The base
part allows a quick change of the relay.

Mechanical Data
Drill hole
WeightElectrical Data
3.1 mmPower supply

12 ... 14.5 V

61 g

Min. switches

50,000Conditions for use
Temperature range
Vibration
Shock-45 … 125 °C
30 g/70 Hz ... 3 kHz
100 g (11 ms)

Coil resistance @ 25 °C

80 Ω

Max. current

25 A

Current vs. time characteristic(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit
breaker)
I [A]

t [s]

30 A

3,600 s (1 h)

50 A

5s

100 A

1.2 s

250 A

0.2 s

350 A

0.1 s

Part Numbers

378

Relay

Y 261 A20 597-01

Base

Y 261 A20 598-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Accessories

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

379

Switches
Switches
We offer a wide range of switches for the
special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every
design and every connector cableequivalent to your individual requirement.

Type

ExtrasFor MAP Function

With integrated resistor network

For display-toggle-function

Lockable

3 steps for MAP-function

Variable number of steps

4 steps

Variable form of rotary waver switch

4 steps for MAP-function

Without end stop

6 steps for display switch overApplication range

12 steps

Motor functions

DesignDashboard functions

Straight

Display switch over

90° angled

Display dimmer

Part numbers
Model

DesignConnector

12 steps

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 643-01

for MAP function

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 644-01

4 steps display dimmer DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 646-01

4 steps LED dimmer DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 647-01

6 steps display dimmer and switch over DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 659-01

All models can be ordered with 90° angled.

380

motorsport@bosch.com

Accessories

Wiring Harnesses
Wiring Harnesses
We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsport applications. Our portfolio contents
layout, design and production of harnesses, sensors and actuators for motorsport
requirements.
Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sensor definition. Design andproduction of prototypes up to mass production is also possible. We do 2D Layout
documentation in exchangeable *.dxf, *.dwg file format.
Naturally we use motorsport connectors and switches and fuses from aviation andaerospace technology. Full shielded cables for maximum EMC protection are available. Alllooms are built with cables and wires in aviation and aerospace quality. All looms aretested on a high voltage test bench. Tests under defined vibration profiles are possible. We
also offer several connectors on request.

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

381

382

motorsport@bosch.com

Appendix

Appendix

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

383

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD. Never grab into the connectors.
Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging materials).

Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please use extra caution to be certain thatthe correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle schedule toensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability. Please follow the specifications
regarding temperature, humidity, vibration and liquid compatability.

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/Direction
Frequency (Hz)Sinus: 8h/Direction

Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration [m/s²]

100

50

20

50,4

180

200

55

26,0

250

200

180

1,0

300

1,0

350

60

360

0,56

2.000

60

1.000

0,6

2.000

0,6

Effective Value aEff

55,4 m/s2

384

motorsport@bosch.com

Appendix

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/Direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

10

10

50

10

66,7

1

100

1

1.000

0,1

Effective Value aEff

26,9 m/s2

Vibration Profile 3
Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency[Hz]

Amplitude of acceleration[m/s²]

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane [μm]

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

Broadband noise
Frequency [Hz]Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

10

14,0

50

7,0

60

3,5

300

0,51

500

45,6

1.500

15,26

Effective Value aEff

168 m/s2

31 Mar. 10

motorsport@bosch.com

385

Europe:
Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
An der Bracke 971706 Markgroeningen
Germany
Phone: +49 711 811 3981
Fax: +49 711 811 3982
North and South America:
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsports
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Phone: +1 248 876 2977
Fax: +1 248 876 7373
Asia Pacific:
Bosch Engineering Japan K.K.
Motor Sport Department
3-33-8 Tsuruya-cho, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 221-0835
Japan
Phone: +81 45 410 1650
Fax: +81 45 410 1651
E-Mail: motorsport@bosch.com
www.bosch-motorsport.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH 2010
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads. They are only developed for use in racing on private closed courses!